Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Fevertree Drinks

Fevertree Drinks

fevr · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fevr
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Fevertree Drinks
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 
AND ACCOUNTS 
2024

OUR PURPOSE
Going to Exceptional Lengths 
in Pursuit of the Best.
At Fever-Tree, our 
drinks are crafted with a 
clear purpose.
To elevate the drinking experience by 
providing premium mixers and adult soft 
drinks made from the finest, naturally 
sourced ingredients that complement the 
world’s best spirits, or are delicious by 
themselves, ensuring every sip delivers 
unparalleled quality and taste.
This commitment drives us to 
innovate our products, source responsibly, 
and support the communities we serve. 
By crafting exceptional mixers and soft 
drinks, and making a positive impact,  
we aim to inspire our colleagues, 
customers, partners, and consumers  
every step of  the way.
   MARGARITA– PAGE 68
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024

WHAT’S INSIDE
04
OUR 
GLOBAL 
REACH
FOR THE LATEST INVESTOR RELATIONS 
INFORMATION, VISIT OUR WEBSITE –  
www.fever-tree.com_gb/investors
Financial statements	
100	 Independent Auditor’s report
108	 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and 
Other Comprehensive Income
109	 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
110	 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
111	
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
112	 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
138	 Company Statement of Financial Position
139	 Company Statement of Changes in Equity
140	 Notes to the Company Financial Statements
144	 Notice of Annual General Meeting
Strategic Report	
12	
Our Business Model
14	
Market Overview
16	
Chief Executive’s Review
20	
Our Strategic Blueprint
22	
Strategy In Action
26	
Business Reviews
30	
Sustainability
56	
Financial Review
60	 Principal Risks and Uncertainties
66	 S. 172 and Stakeholder Engagement
67	
Viability Statement
SEE OUR SUSTAINABILITY REPORT –  
www.fever-tree.com/sustainability
BUSINESS 
MODEL
12
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
70
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S 
REVIEW
16
STRATEGIC 
BLUEPRINT
20
SUSTAINABILITY
30
Overview	
03	
Financial Highlights
04	 Our Global Reach
06	 Chair’s Statement
	
Governance	
70	
Board of Directors
72	
Corporate Governance Statement
76	
Nomination Committee Report
78	
Audit Committee Report
82	
Remuneration Committee Report
95	
Directors’ Report
97	
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
01

OUR CULTURE
Fever-Tree’s culture, rooted in 
the entrepreneurial spirit  
of our co-founders,  
continues to thrive as  
the business grows in scope 
and complexity. 
We are dedicated to preserving this 
ethos, maintaining an open and informal 
structure that empowers every team 
member-regardless of  role or seniority-
to contribute meaningfully to our 
global success.
  SEE OUR COLLEAGUES SECTION – PAGE 55
   GIN & TONIC– PAGE 10
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
02

£368.5m 
2024
£50.7m 
2024
£96.0m 
2024
£364.4m
2023
£30.5m
2023
£59.9m
2023
£344.3m
2022
£39.7m
2022
£95.3m
2022
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The brand remains 
uniquely positioned to make 
the most of the growing 
opportunity that lies ahead.
SUSTAINABILITY HIGHLIGHTS
REVENUE
£368.5m
(2023: £364.4m)
ADJUSTED EBITDA
£50.7m
(2023: £30.5m)
CASH
£96.0m
(2023: £59.9m)
  SEE OUR PERFORMANCE INDICATORS – PAGE 59
Net Zero
GLOBAL CORPORATE CARBON FOOTPRINT 
ANALYSIS CONDUCTED
100%
RENEWABLE ELECTRICITY USED  
ACROSS OUR OPERATIONS
Launched
‘POWER OF EVERYONE’ CAMPAIGN IN 
KENYA WITH MALARIA NO MORE UK
  SEE OUR SUSTAINABILITY SECTION TO FIND OUT MORE – PAGES 30-55
Footnote: Analysis on pages 1 to 98 of this front end of the Annual Report refers to adjusted EBITDA. The Group believes adjusted EBITDA to be a key indicator of underlying 
operational performance, adjusting operating profit for exceptional items and several non-cash items. As a consequence of these adjustments, the Group believes that adjusted 
EBITDA represents normalised operating profits. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended 31 December 2024 is operating profit of £32.8m before depreciation of £6.5m, 
amortisation of £3.1m, share based payment charges of £3.3m and exceptional items of £5.0m. Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure since it represents to users a 
normalised, comparable operating profit, excluding the effects of the accounting estimates, exceptional items and non-cash items mentioned above. The definition for adjusted 
EBITDA as defined above is consistent with the definition applied in previous years. This measure is not defined in the International Financial Reporting Standards, which 
forms the basis of the presentation of the Financial Statements included on pages 108 to 111. Since this is an indicator specific to the Group’s operational structure, it may not be 
comparable to adjusted metrics used by other companies.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
03

  SEE OUR REGIONAL BUSINESS REVIEWS – PAGE 26
OUR GLOBAL REACH
We are diversifying across regions  
and channels.
GLOBAL REACH AND % SPLIT
US
£128.0m
35%
UK
£111.1m
30%
Europe
£97.2m
26%
Rest of the World
£32.2m
9%
Total revenue
£368.5m
2024 Jazz Aspen Labour Day
TOTAL REVENUE
£368.5m
(2023: £364.4m)
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
04

  DISCOVER OUR STRATEGY – PAGE 20
2024 AWARDS AND RECOGNITION
FOOTPRINT MEDIA DRINKS 
SUSTAINABILITY AWARDS
FIFTY BEST
DRINKS 
INTERNATIONAL
Best Selling & Top Trending 
Tonic for 11th Year Running
Stakeholder Engagement – 
Tiny Forests & All Bar One 
Partnership
Classic Bloody Mary Mix 
GOLD Medal
GROCER 
GOLD 
Exporter of The Year
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
05

Fever-Tree’s people are 
critical to its success.”
DOMENIC DE LORENZO
Non-Executive Chair
CHAIR’S STATEMENT
The Board remains highly 
confident in the long-term 
global momentum of 
the Group.
STRATEGIC PERFORMANCE
From an operational perspective,  
2024 was a challenging year, particularly 
in our more established markets like 
the UK. However, over the year, the 
business has continued to build on the 
significant foundational work highlighted 
in my 2023 review. I believe that while 
these actions have contributed to the 
improvement in gross margin in this 
fiscal year, more importantly, they will 
be an essential component of  our future 
success, underpinning our relative 
growth advantage and also materially 
improving profitability over the 
medium term.
Notwithstanding the tough trading 
environment, the Group is making 
the right strategic choices. The Board 
remains highly confident in the long-
term global momentum in our categories 
and in the global potential of  our 
brand, as a mixer, but also its potential 
to expand more broadly into wider 
premium adult soft drinks. This belief 
is epitomised by the long-term strategic 
partnership the Group announced with 
Molson Coors just after the year-end, 
which represents a transformational 
step in the brand’s ability to scale across 
alcohol and non-alcoholic occasions in 
our largest and most exciting market.
TOTAL DIVIDEND
16.97p
(2023: 16.64p)
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
06

Fever-Tree Green Team
2024 saw the introduction of  our eco-minded 
employee resource group, the “Green Team”, 
with representation from each of  our four 
Fever-Tree regions joining forces to drive 
environmental awareness and actions:
Employee volunteering – including river, 
beach and park clean ups in Sydney, London 
and New York.
Reducing wasted stock – from Sydney to 
London, the Green Team has been working 
hard to redistribute excess best-before-end 
stock to local food distribution charities. 
Customer activations – we’ve added a 50p 
donation to our long-standing charity partner, 
Malaria No More, with each Mediterranean 
G&T purchased at our Edinburgh bar.
FOR MORE DETAILS 
– PAGE 55
Consequently, in addition to our 
fundamental focus on capturing mixer 
growth across our core markets, the 
following initiatives are our focus over 
the medium term:
•	 Bedding down the newly announced 
strategic partnership with Molson 
Coors in the US, by leveraging Molson 
Coors’ expertise, scale and total 
beverage ambition in this large and 
dynamic consumer market; 
•	 Expansion of  our product and 
category offerings to capture new 
consumer occasions and opportunities, 
particularly in our established mixer 
markets like the UK; and
•	 Continued improvement of  our 
broader supply chain model, systems 
and capabilities to both improve 
our margin performance and also 
to build the requisite foundation for 
our global expansion. In that regard, 
it is pleasing to see the gross margin 
expansion during 2024.
The Board works closely with executive 
management and as part of  its 
responsibilities, carries out a formal 
review of  the Group’s strategy on an 
annual basis. We remain supportive 
of  the actions taken by management 
during 2024 to anchor the long-term 
opportunity of  Fever-Tree.
CULTURE
Fever-Tree’s people are critical to its 
success, and I have previously referenced 
Fever-Tree’s unique and positive culture. 
I have continued to be impressed by 
Fever-Tree’s people. Their talent, 
dedication and entrepreneurship, and of 
course the deep passion everyone has for 
the brand. The Board regularly reviews 
Fever-Tree’s culture, behaviours, skills, 
and people capabilities, considering the 
evolution of  the business, and is satisfied 
that Executive Management are building 
the appropriate team and underlying 
people structures to meet Fever-Tree’s 
future challenges and opportunities.
A good example of  this, was the 
engagement survey that was carried 
out during 2024, where over 90% of 
respondents said they had positive 
relationships at work and felt personally 
invested in their roles. Whilst this 
is a good reflection of  the culture 
that has been fostered throughout 
the organisation, particular streams 
of  work that helped deliver these 
results included: Launching a new 
L&D programme; a re-launch of  the 
Company’s benefits package, and 
continuation of  the DEI work with a  
full ongoing calendar of  events.
On behalf  of  the Board, I want to 
recognise all the hard work the entire 
Fever-Tree team has put in over the 
years and of  course during fiscal 2024.  
It is much appreciated.
Top 5
IN FOOD AND DRINKS 
COMPANIES BY ‘BEST 
COMPANIES’
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
07

CHAIR’S STATEMENT continued
On behalf of the Board, I want to 
recognise all the hard work the entire 
Fever-Tree team has put in.”
SUSTAINABILITY
We are pleased with the progress 
made against the Group’s sustainability 
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), 
which were introduced for the first 
time in last year’s Annual Report. 
These KPIs have established a clear 
and measurable framework for tracking 
and communicating our achievements 
across the ESG spectrum in a tangible, 
transparent, and accountable way. 
Aligned with Fever-Tree’s Five 
Branches of  Sustainability, they 
reinforce our commitment to driving 
meaningful change.
While there is still work to be done in 
certain areas, the overall momentum 
has been highly encouraging. The Board 
remains fully engaged and looks forward 
to further discussions and initiatives 
throughout the year as we continue to 
strengthen our sustainability efforts and 
deliver on our long-term commitments.
  	SEE OUR SUSTAINABILITY SECTION  
STARTING – PAGE 30
THE BOARD
Following David Lapp’s appointment  
on 1 January 2024, there were no 
changes to the membership of  the  
Board during 2024.
  FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE BOARD, 
INCLUDING DETAIL OF ITS MAKE-UP AND 
ACTIVITIES, CAN BE FOUND IN THE CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE SECTION – PAGE 72
DIVIDEND
Reflecting the financial strength and 
continuing confidence of  the Group,  
the Board is pleased to recommend a 
final dividend of  11.12 pence per share 
in respect of  2024 (2023: 10.90 pence 
per share) bringing the total dividend for 
the year to 16.97 pence per share (2023: 
16.64 pence per share). If  approved by 
shareholders at the AGM on 5 June 2025 
the final dividend will be paid on 20 
June 2025 to shareholders on the register 
on 16 May 2025. 
AGM
The AGM is due to take place on 5 June 
2025. Shareholders will be able to vote 
on resolutions by proxy by following  
the guidance provided in the AGM 
notice. Shareholders are also invited to 
submit any questions for the Board to 
agm@fever-tree.com.
SUMMARY
Fever-Tree has continued to develop 
strategically with improvements in 
brand, route to market and operations 
during 2024. This reflects the hard work 
and commitment of  our people in the 
face of  some extensive challenges. 
Looking ahead, while we likely still face 
tough conditions in some markets,  
I am confident that we have significant 
growth momentum and potential,  
a unique global brand proposition,  
an evolving supply chain structure 
which is delivering margin recovery and 
will underpin growth, and a long-term 
strategy which will deliver superior 
shareholder returns. In addition, we 
have an exciting new partnership in 
our largest revenue-generating region 
which has the potential to build on 
the success we’ve already achieved in 
the US market, enabling the brand 
to grow through a truly national 
network of  distributors across multiple 
channels, as well as into new categories 
as we increase the total addressable 
market ahead.
DOMENIC DE LORENZO
Non-Executive Chair
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
08

The perfect Paloma
Pink Grapefruit Soda
 
200ML OF FEVER-TREE PINK GRAPEFRUIT SODA
50ML OF TEQUILA 
LOTS OF FRESH ICE
A FRESH SLICE OF PINK GRAPEFRUIT 
FOLLOW THESE THREE STEPS TO  
MAKE A PERFECT PALOMA:
Step One: Fill a highball glass with fresh ice.
Step Two: Add the Tequila. 
Step Three: Pour in the Pink Grapefruit Soda. 
Garnish with a slice of  pink grapefruit.
Enjoy!
THE HISTORY OF THE PALOMA
The history of the Paloma is steeped in mystery,  
but one thing is clear: it’s a drink that has captured 
the hearts of tequila lovers for decades. 
While there’s no definitive story behind its creation, 
many believe it was first crafted in the 1950s in 
the Mexican town of Tequila. Named after the 
Spanish word for “dove,” the Paloma combines the 
smoothness of tequila with the citrusy brightness  
of grapefruit, balanced by a splash of soda. 
What’s certain is that the Paloma quickly became 
one of Mexico’s most popular cocktails. Its vibrant 
combination of tequila and grapefruit offers a 
perfect balance of sweet, sour, and bitter, making  
it a favourite on warm days and festive occasions. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
09

The classic G&T
Premium Indian Tonic Water
 
150ML OF FEVER-TREE PREMIUM INDIAN TONIC WATER
50ML OF A DRY GIN
PLENTY OF FRESH ICE
A TWIST OF LIME PEEL
HERE ARE THREE SIMPLE STEPS TO MAKE  
THE PERFECT GIN & TONIC:
Step One: Fill your glass to the top with large ice cubes.
Step Two: Add the Gin.
Step Three: Pour in the Indian Tonic Water. Garnish with a twist of  lime.
Top Tip: Peel a strip from the outside of  the lime,  
twist it over the top of  the glass to spritz the sweet citrus oil  
into the drink, then drop into the glass.
THE HISTORY OF THE GIN & TONIC
The Gin & Tonic is more than just a drink; it’s a story 
of necessity, ingenuity, and timeless charm, and it’s 
where everything started for us. 
The tale begins in the 17th century, when the British 
adopted gin, inspired by the Dutch jenever.  
By the 18th century, it was a mainstay of British life, 
celebrated for its distinctive botanical flavours.
Tonic water’s origins are rooted in 19th-century 
British India, where malaria was a constant threat. 
Quinine, extracted from the bark of the cinchona 
tree, was used as a preventative treatment but had 
an intensely bitter taste. British troops stationed 
in India mixed quinine with water, sugar, and lime 
to make it more palatable. To further enhance the 
flavour, they added their daily gin rations to the mix, 
creating the first Gin & Tonic – a drink born from 
practicality but elevated by its unique balance.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
10

Strategic 
Report
12	
Our Business Model – What Drives Us
13	
What this Means For Our Stakeholders
14	
Market Overview
16	
Chief Executive’s Review
20	
Our Strategic Blueprint
22	
Strategy In Action
26	
Business Reviews
30	
Sustainability
56	
Financial Review
60	 Principal Risks and Uncertainties
66	 S. 172 and Stakeholder Engagement
67	
Viability Statement
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
11

OUR BUSINESS MODEL
What drives us…
What we do
Our differentiators
INNOVATE
We continue to innovate, developing new flavours and formats to meet evolving 
consumer tastes across our regions. 
PARTNER
Our outsourced manufacturing, close to our end markets where possible,  
allows for scalability and operational flexibility. 
MARKETING
We build a strong premium brand through advertising, events, and partnerships, 
investing in multiple platforms to promote the brand.
SOURCE
We use the highest-quality ingredients in our products, responsibly sourced from  
around the world. 
DISTRIBUTE
We ensure global availability through strategic distribution networks and  
well established relationships with On and Off-Trade customers.
CONSUMER INSIGHTS
Our teams study consumer trends & work with spirits partners to understand attitudes, 
motivations and drink preferences.
Innovation
Our Brand
Relationships
Passion
  READ MORE – PAGES 30-55
Underpinned by our commitment to sustainability
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
12

…Delivering sustainable future growth  
and a positive social impact.
What this means for our stakeholders…
Our colleagues
Expanding employment opportunities 
and fostering personal development in 
tandem with a robust, entrepreneurial 
culture.
  READ MORE – PAGE 54
  READ MORE – PAGE 23
  READ MORE – PAGE 36
  READ MORE – PAGE 25
  READ MORE – PAGE 15
  READ MORE – PAGE 53
Our supply chain partners
As we grow, so does the demand for 
our suppliers’ products and services, 
enabling closer collaboration, shared 
knowledge, and improved efficiencies.
Our customers
We offer premium products with 
attractive margins, helping drive growth 
in the mixer category and supporting 
the long mixed drink trend.
Our consumers
Consumers get the choice and quality 
they require to have the best drinking 
experiences both at home and in bars 
and restaurants.
Our investors
We provide strong returns by 
leveraging our first-mover advantage 
and capturing growth opportunities 
worldwide.
Our communities
Our growth drives economic value 
across the supply chain, creates  
broader employment opportunities,  
and supports local communities 
through investments and partnerships 
both in sourcing regions and where  
our products are enjoyed.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
13

SPIRIT VALUE GROWTH FORECAST BY PRICE TIER1
forecast CAGR, 2024-2028
Broader set of drinks
•	 Consumers are exploring a broader range of spirits.
•	 Regional drinking trends are becoming global.
•	 Fever-Tree has an unparalleled mixer range catering to  
the full spectrum of spirits categories, we partner 
with spirits brands to drive serves and innovate across 
different drinking occasions.
COCKTAILS FORECAST TO GROW AT:
8% CAGR
FOR NEXT 5 YEARS GLOBALLY
MARKET OVERVIEW
Drink trends remain firmly  
in our favour.
Expanding occasions
•	 Consumers are seeking quality drinks regardless of the 
location, from entertaining at home, to restaurants  
or concerts.
•	 Fever-Tree has the broadest distribution of any  
premium mixer brand, across both the On and Off-Trade.
•	 Our lighter Spritz serves over-index for  
day-time occasions.
RTD MARKET FORECAST TO GROW AT:
6% CAGR
FOR NEXT 5 YEARS GLOBALLY
-1.1%
Moderation
•	 Moderation is on the rise, but consumers desire  
the same quality when choosing non-alcoholic  
or lower ABV options.
•	 All Fever-Tree drinks are non-alcoholic and have a 
sophisticated, adult positioning, with a focus on quality 
and the ability to mix with no and low spirits or be 
consumed solo.
NO/LOW FORECAST TO GROW AT:
7% CAGR
FOR NEXT 5 YEARS GLOBALLY
1.4%
2.9%
5.3%
Total Spirits:
+2.3%
Super
Premium
Premium
Standard
Value
Consumers increasing desire for diversity 
and quality
1.	 IWSR 
Growth in spirits is  
forecast to continue 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
14

Fever-tree is uniquely positioned as 
consumer preferences continue to evolve. 
Flavoured sodas
Versatility to mix with any spirit and 
low calorie to play into the health and 
wellness trend.
Cocktail mixers
Are attracting younger consumers  
to the brand.
Adult soft drinks
Creating great tasting, sophisticated 
non-alcoholic options.
Tonics
The Brand’s most iconic products and 
how we redefined the mixer category  
in the UK and beyond.
Gingers
Our highest selling product in the  
US market.
•	 The brand has revitalised the mixer 
category through innovation.
•	 Non-Tonic carbonated mixers, such 
as Ginger Beer and flavoured Sodas, 
account for >40% of our Group sales.
•	 We are building a presence in cocktail 
mixers and adult soft drinks, which 
expands our relevance across drinking 
occasions and attracts new consumers 
to the brand.
FEVER-TREE SALES SPLIT TONIC VS NON-TONIC PORTFOLIO1
MAT June 2018-2024
OUR PORTFOLIO
Shaping the portfolio to be relevant across  
a broad range of drinking occasions
 
FOR MORE DETAILS SEE OUR WEBSITE –  
www.fever-tree.com/products
21%
79%
22%
78%
25%
75%
28%
72%
33%
67%
38%
62%
42%
58%
Growth CAGR
Jun18-Jun24:
24%
5%
Jun-18
Jun-19
Jun-20
Jun-21
Jun-22
Jun-23
Jun-24
  Tonic	
  Non-tonic
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
15

We have remained 
resolute in our long-
term vision.”
TIM WARRILLOW
Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW
Across every key region, we 
are gaining market share and 
driving category growth.
PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW
It has often felt like the last 24-36 
months has been dominated by one 
recurring theme – the relentless 
inflationary headwinds that we, and 
countless other businesses, have faced. 
Yet, as I said this time last year, our 
strategy has never been about simply 
weathering the storm. Instead, we have 
focused on striking a careful balance: 
driving operational efficiencies to 
underpin margins while remaining 
steadfast in our commitment to top-
line growth and expanding our market 
presence across the globe.
Despite persistent macroeconomic 
challenges and subdued discretionary 
spending in many regions, we have 
remained resolute in our long-term 
vision. Rather than making short-term 
decisions – whether through pricing 
adjustments or cost-cutting measures – 
we continued to invest strategically, we 
continued to innovate relentlessly, and 
we continued to capitalise on our first-
mover advantage that has set us apart  
on the global stage.
As a result, our brand presence has never 
been stronger. Across every key region, 
we are gaining market share and driving 
category growth, with more consumers 
discovering, enjoying, and becoming 
loyal to Fever-Tree each year. This 
momentum is underpinned by our deep 
understanding of  global drinking trends, 
allowing us to stay ahead of  shifting 
consumer preferences. Our portfolio 
continues to evolve, with non-Tonic 
products now making up more than 
40% of  our global revenues – driven by 
the success of  our Ginger Beer and our 
expanding position in cocktail mixers 
and adult soft drinks. The breadth of  our 
range and our growing influence across 
international markets mean we are ideally 
placed to meet the rising global demand 
for longer, lighter, high-quality drinks – 
whether mixed with alcohol or enjoyed 
on their own.
Beyond brand expansion, we 
have remained equally focused on 
strengthening our operational resilience. 
Strategic cost-mitigation efforts, coupled 
with the easing of  key input costs, have 
delivered a 540bps improvement in gross 
margins, largely due to lower glass prices 
and reduced trans-Atlantic freight rates. 
While we cannot entirely shield ourselves 
from external headwinds, the progress  
we have made in optimising our 
operations ensures that the business 
is more resilient than ever, with a 
clear pathway to continued margin 
improvement in the years ahead.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
16

£368.5m 
2024
£364.4m
2023
£344.3m
2022
REVENUE
£368.5m
(2023: £364.4m)
Looking to the future, our focus remains 
on unlocking Fever-Tree’s vast long-
term potential across the world and 
capitalising on the unique position the 
brand has established sitting across 
alcohol and non-alcoholic occasions  
in many of  our key regions.
A landmark moment in this journey 
came just after year-end with the 
announcement of  our most significant 
strategic step to date: a transformative 
partnership with Molson Coors in the 
US. This collaboration marks a step 
change for our presence in the world’s 
largest premium mixer market.  
Molson Coors’ powerful network of  
US distributors across both on and  
off-trade, combined with their dedicated, 
national salesforce and deep customer 
relationships create the ideal platform 
to maximise our momentum, brand 
strength and ability to grow the brand’s 
total addressable markets in mixers and 
beyond. I look forward to sharing more 
details on this exciting development in 
the section below.
PEOPLE & CULTURE
The Group continues to foster a highly 
engaged workforce, who are proud to 
work for Fever-Tree. 
This year, we have had four main focuses:
1)  Learning & Development –  
A new intranet was launched with 
mandatory and optional training and 
learning courses about the business.
2)  Engagement & Wellbeing –  
Each year we refine our calendar of 
events and resources to enable our 
team to socialise across departments 
and get involved in a range of 
activities from sports clubs to expert 
speaker events.
3)  Diversity & Inclusivity –  
Alongside our permanent ‘Women 
and Allies’ and ‘Be Proud’ groups,  
we hosted a number of  office events 
to celebrate different religious  
and cultural festivals, or mark 
important occasions.
4)  Rewards & Remuneration –  
We launched ‘The Rewards Lounge’ 
where employees can see the benefits 
package on offer and make it bespoke 
to their individual needs and wants, 
including a wellbeing allowance 
annually for every employee.
As you can see, a lot of  emphasis 
has been placed on maintaining and 
enhancing the positive culture within 
the organisation, and this effort was 
recognised by our team through 
the internal engagement survey we 
ran during the year, with c.90% 
of  respondents saying they were 
enthusiastic about their work and 
over 90% feeling personally invested 
in their roles. These scores not only 
foster a supportive and collaborative 
environment, but also drive productivity 
and creative thinking, positioning us  
for continued success and growth.
A Scottish Adventure
It was a shared obsession with taste and quality 
ingredients that found us embarking on a 
memorable trip to the Scottish West Coast two  
of  the world’s leading bartenders.
Eager to learn more about the sea salt used in 
our new soda water, we found ourselves at the 
fascinating Blackthorn Salt Tower. Here we met 
the passionate experts growing some of  the best 
salt in the world and learnt about the power of 
salt as a flavour enhancer.
Their unique process passes sea water through 
a tower of  blackthorn bushes. As the sea water 
slowly trickles down the blackthorn tower, other 
mineral flavours from the sea are collected and 
captured in the salt. 
The result? A distinctively umami salt with  
a sweet completeness.
FOR MORE DETAILS, SEE OUR  
STRATEGY IN ACTION 
– PAGE 22
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
17

CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REVIEW continued
SUSTAINABILITY
We are driving meaningful action 
across the ESG spectrum, embedding 
sustainability and social responsibility  
at the heart of  our business.
Under our Climate branch, we have 
taken a significant step forward by 
developing our first net zero roadmap. 
This builds upon our extensive efforts 
to map our carbon footprint – both at a 
corporate level and across our product 
range – ensuring we have a clear, 
data-driven path toward reducing our 
environmental impact.
Within our Communities branch, we 
continue to champion important causes, 
including our long-standing support for 
Malaria No More. Additionally, we have 
strengthened our commitment to ethical 
sourcing by updating our Human Rights 
Charter and engaging directly with our 
ingredients supply chain partners to 
reinforce responsible sourcing practices 
and uphold human rights standards.
By taking action across these critical 
areas, we are not only strengthening our 
business but also making a positive and 
lasting impact on the world around us.
SUMMARY & LONG-TERM 
OPPORTUNITY
The Group is looking forward with 
renewed excitement about the ever 
growing opportunity to grow the brand 
around the world. Whilst we have 
continued to solidify our position as the 
market leader by value in our mature 
markets, such as the UK and Denmark, 
we have also set the brand up for success 
in a number of  high potential markets 
further afield. This has included the 
successful establishment of  our own 
subsidiary in Australia, good progress in 
Japan as we solidify our partnership with 
Asahi, and most significantly beginning 
our new partnership with Molson Coors 
in the US just after the year-end.
Our confidence in the long-term 
opportunity is rooted in the consumer 
trends that we are seeing globally: Spirits 
gaining popularity compared to wine and 
beer, a growing preference for longer and 
lighter spirit based drinks, as well as a 
desire to socialise with sophisticated non-
alcoholic drinks.
We believe that when it comes to  
every one of  the evolving consumer 
trends outlined, we are best placed 
to satisfy these new and evolving 
expectations. As, not only do we have 
extensive distribution coverage across 
the globe, with strong presence, partners 
and expertise selling into both the  
On-Trade and Off-Trade but our range 
of  mixers is unmatched, and we continue 
to develop products and formats to  
meet the growing desire of  lower  
alcohol and non-alcoholic drinks.
This is why Fever-Tree continues to 
outperform the category and gain 
share across our key markets with the 
brand growing in strength around the 
world. Alongside our focus on the brand 
and topline growth, the business will 
continue to deliver margin improvement 
across our non-US regions during 
2025 and 2026, before driving Group 
margin expansion from 2027 as our 
new US partnership starts to benefit 
from significant economies of  scale. 
We will also continue to invest behind 
the brand to make the most of  the 
growing opportunity that lies ahead, 
with an upweighted marketing budget 
in the US for the next few years. This 
is underpinned by our balance sheet 
which, following the Molson Coors 
partnership, is stronger than ever, 
allowing us to invest for growth, 
 as well as increase opportunities to 
return cash to shareholders.
TIM WARRILLOW
Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer
We will continue to invest behind the brand  
to make the most of the growing opportunity.”
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
18

Moscow Mule
Premium Ginger Beer
 
150ML FEVER-TREE GINGER BEER
50ML VODKA
1 LIME
PLENTY OF ICE
MIXING METHOD
IT’S NO LONG WALK IN THE COLD TO MAKE 
A MOSCOW MULE. IN FACT, YOU’LL BE THERE 
IN JUST THREE STEPS:
Step One: Fill a copper mug or cup with plenty of  ice,  
then squeeze the lime juice and drop the rind in.
Step Two: Add the vodka.
Step Three: Pour in the Ginger Beer, garnish,  
serve with a stirring rod.
Enjoy!
THE HISTORY OF THE 
MOSCOW MULE
Even though this drink was made in a modern city, 
the Moscow Mule history is a long one. It’s claimed 
– according to a New York Herald Tribune article 
on the Moscow Mule origin – to have been created 
in 1941 by a bartender who needed to clear out his 
cellar of vodka and ginger beer.
Well, there’s unlikely to be much more unsold 
stock when this legend is on the menu. So popular 
is the drink that there’s variations of it all across the 
world featuring everything from tequila to whisky, 
with plenty more in between. However, the classic 
combination of vodka and ginger beer can never 
be replaced.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
19

OUR STRATEGIC BLUEPRINT
Delivering against the 
growing opportunity.
Our long-term strategy continues to be focused on building the 
brand globally across premium drinking occasions as consumer 
preferences evolve and spirits’ growth continues.
Overall, the brand remains uniquely positioned to make the most of  the 
growing opportunity that lies ahead, and the balance sheet remains healthy, 
allowing us to invest for growth and return cash to shareholders.
1.
Investing behind the brand and 
ensuring a premium price point.
The brand is in robust health, growing in  
popularity, distribution and gaining share.
2.
Portfolio 
innovation.
We are successfully diversifying 
the range to capture a far broader 
long-term opportunity.
3.
Broadening & 
diversifying our 
geographic reach 
and route to market.
We continue to grow and diversify 
our geographic footprint.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
20

The success the brand is achieving 
is due to our unrelenting investment 
behind the brand. Over recent 
years, we have faced significant 
margin headwinds but 2024 saw a 
significant easing of  these pressures. 
Throughout that period, rather than 
take short-term decisions on pricing, 
or on cost cutting, we remained 
focused on making the right 
decisions for the long-term health 
of  this business and brand. We 
continued to invest, we continued 
to innovate, and we continued 
to capitalise on our first-mover 
advantage across the world.
We remained resolutely focused 
on ensuring quality shone through 
at every level, be it our ongoing 
engagement with the key top tier 
bartenders across our regions or 
marketing activations with our 
Off-Trade customers and spirits 
partners. Central to our messaging 
continues to be the ingredient 
quality, reinforcing our premium 
credentials and price point. 
We have built on our strong  
Tonic range and mixing reputation 
to create ranges of  Gingers 
and Flavoured Sodas, which all 
contribute meaningfully to our 
growth and give us the ability to 
cater to differences in consumption 
habits by market. In addition,  
we have started to expand our total 
opportunity beyond our core mixers, 
into both cocktail mixers and adult 
soft drinks, which attract younger 
consumers and broaden our reach 
to any adult socialising occasion.
We now have a more balanced 
global sales mix. Our non-Tonic 
products have grown by 24%  
CAGR over the last six years and 
now make-up over 40% of  our sales, 
up from just over 20% in 2018.  
We expect the portfolio to 
continue to diversify as we grow 
across different markets and enter 
significant new categories, which 
gives us confidence about driving 
growth long into the future.
The brand remains at the 
confluence of  a number of  strong 
long-term global trends, from the 
continued premiumisation of  spirits 
and their growth ahead of  wine 
and beer, to consumer preferences 
for craft and quality ingredients 
and easy-to-make cocktails, to the 
trade’s desire to drive premium 
experiences and margins. 
This is why we are confident that 
we will continue to premiumise 
and expand the mixer category in 
our Next Wave and White Space 
markets, whilst continuing to drive 
growth in our Stronghold Markets, 
both within our current distribution 
framework and by evolving our 
route to market to reflect the 
opportunity ahead.
  SEE OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION  – PAGES 22 TO 25
Our strategic pillars remain 
firmly on track, namely:
 
Broadening & 
diversifying our 
geographical 
reach and route 
to market.
 
Portfolio 
innovation.
 
Investing behind 
the brand 
and ensuring 
a premium 
price point.
FEVER-TREE IS NOW IN OVER
90 countries
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
21

STRATEGY IN ACTION 
 
Investing behind 
the brand 
and ensuring 
a premium 
price point.
Top-tier engagement
We are very proud that the best bars in the world 
have voted us best selling and top trending mixer 
for 11 years in a row. However, we know we need to 
keep investing in these bars and the wider bartender 
community to remain top of mind, relevant and 
protect our premium positioning and price point.
INGREDIENT HUNTING TRIPS AND BAR TAKEOVERS ARE CENTRAL  
TO THIS STRATEGY, HELPING TO…
Build relationships – with industry advocates allowing us to then leverage  
these relationships to create new opportunities, with listings and sales.
Drive social engagement – create global engagement, social buzz,  
by driving industry reach with content collaboration.
Create brand authority – ‘mix with the best by the best’, creating a  
top-class trending mixer status and continue our drumbeat of  advocacy  
showcasing that the world’s best use Fever-Tree.
INGREDIENT HUNTING IN 
NORWAY
Fever-Tree has a deeply rooted 
obsession with quality ingredients  
and telling these stories to our  
shared and extended audiences. 
Our recent trip to Norway with 
some of  Europe’s leading bartenders 
provided an opportunity to 
experience first-hand our brand ethos 
and discover native ingredients and 
flavours to create unique new drinks.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
22

THE JUDGEMENT OF GLASGOW
In partnership with Sexy Fish, a key 
On-Trade customer and renowned 
for its unparalleled collection of 
premium Japanese whiskies, we 
organised the first ever ‘Judgement  
of  Glasgow’ whisky-tasting 
competition. This high-stakes event, 
held in Glasgow, saw some of  the 
finest Scottish drams go head-to-head 
against their Japanese counterparts 
‑in a contest judged by some of  the 
most respected whisky experts and 
bartenders in the industry.
SUNDAY LYAN SESSIONS, 
LONDON
The Fever-Tree x Lyanness 
partnership is rooted in our shared 
obsessions with quality ingredients  
and telling these stories to our shared 
and extended audiences. We continued 
to grow our relationship throughout 
2024 with a bi-monthly ‘Sunday Lyan’ 
event series featuring takeovers with 
well-known bars. These takeovers 
showcased our brand & products  
with like-minded ingredient focused 
top tier communities. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
23

STRATEGY IN ACTION continued
INTRODUCING THE ROSE SPRITZ
In early summer 2024, we launched 
the Rosé Spritz in collaboration 
with Maison Mirabeau, blending a 
shared passion for quality, innovation, 
and enhancing premium drinking 
experiences. 
The Rose Spritz pairs our Raspberry 
& Orange Blossom Soda with 
Mirabeau’s Forever Summer Rosé 
wine. The result is a light, pale pink 
spritz with an alcohol by volume 
(ABV) of  8%, crafted as a refreshing 
and sophisticated choice for social 
occasions and mindful enjoyment.
This collaboration taps into the 
growing global trend for spritz-style 
beverages, a category that continues 
to gain popularity. 
ESPRESSO MARTINI  
LAUNCH IN THE US
The cocktail mixer category presents a 
significant opportunity for the brand, 
both in terms of  scale and ability to 
attract new consumers.
2024 saw the continued roll out of 
our range across UK, Europe and the 
US, culminating in the launch of  our 
Espresso Martini Mixer in the US in 
November 2024.
By merging Fever-Tree’s innovative 
mixer expertise with Mirabeau’s 
artisanal winemaking heritage,  
the partnership offers consumers a 
distinctive alternative to traditional 
spritzes, catering to those seeking 
a fresh and premium take on this 
much-loved drink style.
 
Portfolio 
innovation.
The Group’s innovation continues to target a broader 
range of adult drinks and occasions. As a result,  
the breadth of our range and our increasingly strong 
competitive position across the world means that the 
brand is better placed than ever to take advantage  
of the increasing global desire for longer, lighter, 
better-quality drinks that can be consumed with,  
or without, alcohol.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
24

U.S STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIP 
WITH MOLSON COORS
In January 2025, Fever-Tree 
announced a Strategic Partnership 
with Molson Coors to drive the next 
stage of  our growth in the US.
Since first entering the US market 
in 2008, Fever-Tree has consistently 
delivered very strong growth in the 
US and has become the number one 
tonic and ginger beer brand across 
America. The market leading position 
that Fever-Tree has built, combined 
with Molson Coors’ expertise, scale 
and total beverage ambition, provides 
a transformational platform to drive 
the brand to the next level in its 
largest and most dynamic market.
 
Broadening & 
diversifying our 
geographical reach 
& route to market.
We continue to grow and diversify 
our geographic footprint as well 
as evolve our route to market in a 
number of our key growth markets.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
25

2024 HIGHLIGHTS 
The brand had another successful 
year in the US despite a more 
subdued spirit environment, 
delivering revenue of  £128.0m, 
which represents 9% growth  
(12% at constant currency). 
In the Off-Trade channel, which 
accounts for c.75% of  our US sales, 
Fever-Tree grew its market share 
of  the total mixer category and 
extended its market-leading value 
share in both the Tonic and Ginger 
Beer categories, with 27% and 
32% value share respectively. In 
addition, we continue to contribute 
more than any other brand to the 
growth of  the Grapefruit and Club 
Soda categories in the US, and 
our Margarita and Bloody Mary 
cocktail mixers have also started  
to make notable share gains. 
Overall, our performance has 
outpaced all of  our competitors, 
premium or mainstream. Our 
total Off-Trade sales grew by 15% 
and we are now over four times 
larger than our nearest premium 
competitor at US retail, driven 
by our growing distribution as we 
increased the number of  Off-Trade 
accounts Fever-Tree products are 
present in by 9% year-on-year.
The brand is also gaining further 
traction and presence in the  
On-Trade, and is now in over 
40,000 accounts, an increase 
of  14% year-on-year, including 
securing new accounts across 
a range of  On-Trade chains, 
including Courtyard by Marriott, 
Benihana and Logans Roadhouse. 
Fever-Tree is also appearing on 
more menus, and we continue 
to use this important channel 
to activate our new products 
and create more awareness and 
excitement behind the brand.
We have entered a new transformational phase  
for the brand’s development.
BUSINESS REVIEW – US
STRATEGIC PROGRESS
Innovation has always been at the heart 
of  the Fever-Tree business and as we 
have developed our business globally we 
have become more focused on ensuring 
we tailor our innovation to local drinking 
trends and behaviours. This year we have 
focused on our new cocktail mixer range 
and have won significant distribution for 
our Margarita and Bloody Mary cocktail 
mixers, both of  which are significant 
categories in the US. We also launched 
our Espresso Martini cocktail mixer in 
Q4, which is one of  the fastest growing 
cocktails across the US market and as 
a result the launch got a lot of  initial 
traction following an exciting launch 
event just ahead of  the holiday season.
By far the most significant strategic  
step we have taken in the US market 
was announced just after the period-end: 
A long-term strategic partnership with 
Molson Coors for the exclusive sales, 
distribution and production of  
the Fever‑Tree brand in the US.
This partnership will enable the brand to 
benefit from the unique scale and muscle 
of  Molson Coors’ national network of  US 
distributors and customers across both the 
On and Off-Trade. In addition, we will 
benefit from their very strong and deep 
customer relationships, merchandising 
capability and their production and 
supply chain network, expertise and 
economies of  scale. Crucially, both 
companies are strongly aligned in their 
ambition for the Fever-Tree brand, with a 
shared vision and commitment to driving 
the opportunity across both alcohol and 
non-alcohol occasions. This includes the 
deployment of  a substantial incremental 
marketing fund to provide further 
firepower for growth.
This is a considerable milestone for 
the US business. The brand was 
already in a fantastic position, and 
we now believe that we have entered 
a new transformational phase for the 
brand’s development, to drive our core 
opportunity within the mixer category to 
the next level, as well as opening up new 
opportunities for growth in categories 
such as adult soft drinks and RTDs.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
26

2024 HIGHLIGHTS 
Fever-Tree delivered £111.1m revenue 
in the UK, a decrease of  3% year-on-
year following a period impacted by 
low consumer sentiment, especially in 
the On-Trade, as well as a declining 
Gin category. However, the UK 
economy started to show signs of 
improvement towards the end of  the 
year, reflected in a much stronger 
second half  performance for the brand, 
giving us confidence of  returning to 
growth as we go into 2025. 
In the Off-Trade, Fever-Tree continued 
to outperform a declining mixer 
category, gaining 0.6 ppts value 
share across the year, extending our 
number one value share position, 
while mainstream brands lost share to 
own label. Encouragingly, Fever-Tree 
gained value share across both Tonics, 
the most significant part of  the mixer 
category, as well as in mixers outside 
of  Tonics, such as Ginger Ale and 
Sodas, with particularly strong growth 
of  our Pink Grapefruit Soda and new 
Cocktail Mixers.
The On-Trade channel remained 
impacted by lower discretionary spend, 
which led to declines in both the spirit 
and mixer categories during 2024. 
Although Fever-Tree was not immune 
to these impacts, the brand remained 
the mixer of  choice for bars, pubs and 
restaurants across the country by a 
significant margin, finishing the year 
with a value share of  1.6 times our 
nearest competitor.
While the Gin & Tonic remains a 
popular serve in the UK, Gin declines 
over the last few years have made 
the growth of  our non-Tonic mixer 
categories even more important as we 
increasingly cater to the wider spirit 
category. We have been extremely 
pleased with our progress in developing, 
listing and building awareness for our 
non-Tonic products, with another year 
of  strong growth, which means they 
now represent almost 30% of  our UK 
sales, up from 10% in 2019.
Importantly, despite another tough 
macro backdrop, the brand continues 
to be the mixer of  choice in the UK, 
with a higher value share than any 
other brand by a significant margin,  
as well as being purchased  
by more households.
Fever-Tree has continued to make great strides 
when it comes to diversifying our portfolio.
BUSINESS REVIEW – UK
STRATEGIC PROGRESS
Fever-Tree has continued to make great 
strides when it comes to diversifying our 
portfolio beyond Tonics into Gingers, 
Flavoured Sodas, Cocktail Mixers and 
Adult Soft Drinks.
One of  our most recent product additions, 
Pink Grapefruit Soda, had a particularly 
strong year, with sales growth of 
c.50% during 2024, capitalising on the 
increasingly popular premium Tequila and 
the Paloma serve.
Our Cocktail Mixers have also been 
gaining good traction in the UK, 
supported by a multi-channel marketing 
campaign focusing on premium 
ingredients, great taste, and demonstrating 
the simplicity of  making more complex 
cocktails, such as Margaritas and Mojitos. 
We have now gained >8,000 points of 
distribution at UK retail, more than 
double the amount we had at the end 
of  last year, as well as listings in >2,000 
On‑Trade accounts as we expand our 
offering into an even greater number of 
drinking occasions.
In addition, our Adult Soft Drink range 
has increased in sales value by 8.4% year-
on-year, as we continue to use the brand’s 
strong credentials as a sophisticated  
non-alcoholic option for consumers.  
Our recently introduced 4x250ml can 
pack in the Off-Trade has already 
achieved a strong rate-of-sale, reaffirming 
our belief  that Fever-Tree is perfectly 
positioned to extend our range beyond 
mixers into Adult Soft Drinks.
In another exciting addition to the 
portfolio, we launched a completely  
new style of  product, a Rosé Spritz,  
in collaboration with Mirabeau;  
an award-winning, founder-led rosé brand. 
The two businesses have worked together 
to create a beautiful product by combining 
Mirabeau’s rosé wine with Fever-Tree’s 
Raspberry & Orange Blossom Soda,  
which has attracted a lot of  PR interest 
and traction with our customers. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
27

The brand performed well in our high-growth 
markets, including Italy and France.
BUSINESS REVIEW – EUROPE
STRATEGIC PROGRESS
Following the launch of  our Sparkling 
mixers, we have been capitalising on 
the growing popularity of  premium 
Tequila with a focus on promoting Pink 
Grapefruit across the region, including 
activations using the Paloma serve in 
Italy, Benelux and Nordics markets.
In addition, we launched adult soft 
drinks with the introduction of 
250ml cans of  Ginger Beer and Pink 
Grapefruit, extending our distribution 
in Belgium and the Netherlands in 
locations such as petrol stations, 
convenience stores and travel retail. 
As part of  this launch, the brand has 
made very good progress in Switzerland 
with Selecta, a European leader in 
vending machines.
Our marketing efforts have been focused 
on our high-growth markets, where 
we have used both above and below 
the line campaigns. We have utilised a 
broad range of  channels, including an 
out-of-home and digital campaign in 
France, and a social media and digital 
campaign in Italy, both of  which resulted 
in record levels of  brand awareness in 
those markets.
We continue to optimise our route-to-
market as we grow in Europe and have 
seen very encouraging results following 
our move to a new distributor in France 
last year, with enhanced retail coverage 
and sales force, resulting in greater 
distribution, sales growth and value 
share gains during 2024.
Overall, the brand continues to make 
good progress despite the tough market 
conditions, as we extend our market 
share of  the total mixer category, 
alongside driving strong growth from our 
latest product additions, including Pink 
Grapefruit and 250ml soft drink cans. 
Our growth accelerated in the second 
half  of  the year, giving us confidence 
that performance will improve as 
consumer sentiment recovers.
2024 HIGHLIGHTS 
Fever-Tree brand revenue 
(excluding the revenue we get 
from GDP’s distributed brands) was 
£92.7m, which was flat year-on-year 
at constant currency. Total reported 
European revenue declined due to 
the consolidation of  non‑Fever‑Tree 
brands distributed by GDP 
in Germany.
Importantly, underlying brand 
revenue increased by 1%, which  
was a good result given the weak 
consumer environment and adverse 
weather conditions across the region. 
The brand performed well in our 
high-growth markets, including Italy 
and France, which was partially offset 
by tougher conditions across central 
Europe, including Germany.
Fever-Tree also performed well 
against the competition at retail, 
growing value share of  total mixers 
by 0.6 ppts and our share of  premium 
mixers by 1.9 ppts as we continue 
to outperform and drive growth 
of  the category. Consequently, we 
finished the year with our highest 
ever value share of  the total mixer 
category, at 15.8%, with good gains 
in products like Ginger beer and 
Pink Grapefruit as we diversify our 
offering beyond Tonics.
Ginger Beer remains our stand-out 
performer. We have been consistently 
driving significant share gains in 
this category and now hold almost 
39% value share across the region, 
an increase of  3.4 percentage points 
year-on-year.
The On-Trade channel has been 
more exposed to consumer sentiment, 
however, Fever-Tree extended its 
distribution across our key markets, 
with notable account gains in Italy 
(+8% year-on-year, the Netherlands 
(+5%) and Belgium (+8%), setting the 
brand up for good growth in 2025.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
28

2024 HIGHLIGHTS 
Fever-Tree delivered revenues 
of  £32.2m in our Rest of  the 
World Region, an increase of  19% 
year‑on-year (22% at constant 
currency). A one-off  inventory 
buy-back took place in 2023 during 
the transition to our new subsidiary 
set-up in Australia.
Supported by the newly established 
Fever-Tree Australia, the brand 
continues to deliver good sales 
growth, as well as gaining share  
of  the mixer category. In the Off-
Trade, Fever-Tree sales grew by  
9%, with market share gains of 
1.4ppts across total mixers as we 
continue to grow well ahead of 
the category. The brand also had 
a strong performance in the  
On-Trade, driven by strong summer 
programming, including targeted 
investment across our core SKUs, 
with the majority of  the growth 
coming from our soda range.
In Canada, Fever-Tree has been the 
primary driver of  category growth 
over the last year, gaining 2.0ppts 
of  share during 2024. Our can 
format is doing particularly well, 
growing by over 20% in 2024 as we 
see the popularity of  this format 
increase, and our Sparkling range, 
including Grapefruit, Sicilian 
Lemonade and Lime & Yuzu, 
continues to gain traction as we 
demonstrate their versatility as both 
a mixer and an adult soft drink.
The Fever-Tree brand is now in over 90 markets across the world, 
most of which where we have first mover advantage.
BUSINESS REVIEW – REST OF THE WORLD
Fever-Tree is being cross-merchandised 
with spirits to drive different drinking 
occasions in over 200 of  their stores and 
we hope to build on this success and 
extend the brand’s coverage to more of 
their network in the future.
In another first for the Canadian market, 
we launched The Caesar cocktail mixer, 
catering to the number one selling 
cocktail in Canada, alongside our 
Margarita and Mojito Mixers which 
have already had initial success in the 
UK and US.
The Fever-Tree brand is now in over 90 
markets across the world, the majority of 
which we have first mover advantage and 
a large number where we see significant 
opportunity over the long term, from 
Asia, to South America, and beyond. 
Japan is a great example of  where we 
have started to execute against the large 
addressable opportunity and continue to 
make good progress with Asahi Breweries 
as our distribution partner. 
Overall, I am pleased with our 
progress of  the brand across the Rest 
of  the World region, where we remain 
uniquely positioned to take advantage of 
near‑term and long-term opportunities.
STRATEGIC PROGRESS 
In Australia we conducted a number of 
strong activations, including launching 
our largest above-the-line campaign.  
Key campaigns included, 650 display 
units across national retail promoting 
“The Biggest Summer Ever”, focused 
on four key serves: Paloma, G&T, Vodka 
Lime & Yuzu, and Raspberry Spritz. 
And in the On-Trade, we have launched 
a “perfect serve” programme across 100 
venues, using a PR and media campaign 
to upgrade the way long mixed drinks  
are served in the Australian On-Trade.
Our growth in Australia has been 
supported by several new product 
launches, notably, 250ml cans of  Soda 
and Ginger Beer designed as a soft drink 
format, as well as the launch of  our 
cocktail mixers in a number of  large 
liquor chains, including the largest liquor 
retailer in Australia, which is accelerating 
the sales growth of  our cocktail mixers 
and helping them to gain traction.
In Canada, we’ve also made good 
progress in the liquor channel, launching 
our products in LCBO, the World’s 
biggest purchaser of  beverage alcohol. 
This is the first time any mixer or soft 
drink has been sold in their stores and is 
a great illustration of  the brand’s traction 
in the Canadian market. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
29

INTRODUCTION
At Fever-Tree, we believe that crafting 
exceptional drinks goes beyond 
creating delicious beverages; it’s about 
contributing to a sustainable future 
for our communities and the planet 
we all depend on. This Sustainability 
update showcases our unwavering 
commitment to Environmental, Social, 
and Governance (ESG) principles, 
guided by Fever-Tree’s Five Branches 
of Sustainability.
These branches are titled based 
on the critical areas of  Climate, 
Circular Economy, Conservation, 
Communities, and Colleagues –
providing a clear framework for our 
initiatives that protect the environment, 
nurture our partnerships, and empower 
our people. By prioritising these pillars, 
we are taking meaningful steps to care 
for the world we live in and support the 
people with whom we work, ensuring a 
positive legacy for generations to come.
CLIMATE
CIRCULARITY
SUPPORTING UN SDGS
  READ MORE – PAGES 34 TO 36 & 42 TO 49
SUPPORTING UN SDGS
 
  READ MORE – PAGES 50 TO 51
SUSTAINABILITY
CIRCULARITY
CLIMATE
Our five branches guide our 
initiatives to care for the 
world we live in and the 
people we work with.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
30
30

Fever-Tree’s 
Five Branches of 
Sustainability and  
ESG KPIs 
 
2023 saw the introduction of  new 
Sustainability Key Performance 
Indicators (KPIs) to more accurately 
track progress towards our 
sustainability goals. The KPIs  
provide a framework for measuring 
and communicating our progress 
across the ESG spectrum in a tangible, 
transparent and accountable manner. 
These KPIs are fundamental to our 
ESG strategy, aligned with Fever-Tree’s 
Five Branches of  Sustainability. 
COMMUNITIES
COLLEAGUES
CONSERVATION
SUPPORTING UN SDGS
  READ MORE – PAGES 37 TO 41
SUPPORTING UN SDGS
  READ MORE – PAGES 54 TO 55
SUPPORTING UN SDGS
  READ MORE – PAGES 52 TO 53
CONSERVATION
COLLEAGUES
COMMUNITIES
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
31

CLIMATE
CIRCULARITY
CONSERVATION
SUSTAINABILITY continued
Summary of performance.
Goal
2024 progress
ESTABLISH OUR NET ZERO ROADMAP
Scopes 1-3 corporate carbon footprint analysis 
conducted, with decarbonisation initiatives underway 
for top 3 hotspots
50% REDUCTION IN SCOPES 1 AND 2  
GHG EMISSIONS BY 2030
Offices run on renewable energy; plan created for all 
company vehicles to transition to EV/hybrids
100% RENEWABLE ELECTRICITY IN OUR OPERATIONS  
YEAR-ON-YEAR
Green electricity contracts in the UK and Germany 
investing in hydro, solar and onshore wind; Renewable 
Energy Certificates used in the US and Australia
220 TINY FORESTS SUPPORTED, WITH 1,200 TREE KEEPERS 
ENGAGED WITH BIODIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION  
BY END OF 2025 
251 Tiny Forests supported, with 925 Tree Keepers engaged
CHAMPION WATER STEWARDSHIP ACROSS OUR 
SUPPLY CHAIN, EVOLVING OUR WATER MANAGEMENT 
STRATEGY BY END OF 2025 
Supply chain water risk analysis tool and company 
stewardship strategy developed
ESTABLISH A ROADMAP TO INCREASE RECYCLED 
CONTENT FROM 2024 
Assessed opportunities to increase recycled content; 
began formation of circularity roadmap
FULLY RECYCLABLE PRIMARY PACKAGING 
Infinitely recyclable glass and aluminium drinks formats
ZERO WASTE TO LANDFILL ACROSS OPERATIONS 
& MANUFACTURING 
75% of Fever-Tree operations and 78% of manufacturing 
sites operate as ZWTL
SUPPORT PROJECTS THAT INCREASE AWARENESS, REACH 
AND UPTAKE OF ANTI-MALARIAL INTERVENTIONS 
11.45 million people reached by behaviour change pilot with 
long-standing partners Malaria No More in Kenya
100% OF EMPLOYEES ENGAGED WITH COMMUNITY  
AND CITIZENSHIP PROGRAMMES BY END OF 2025
96% of employees engaged in programmes
100% OF DIRECT INGREDIENT SUPPLIERS ON SEDEX  
BY END OF 2025
98% of suppliers on SEDEX
PRIORITY INGREDIENT SUPPLY CHAINS TO BE FULLY 
TRANSPARENT TO GROUND LEVEL, AND GROWN, 
HARVESTED, AND PROCESSED WITH RESPECT FOR 
HUMAN RIGHTS BY 2030
100% OF EMPLOYEES TO COMPLETE MODERN SLAVERY 
AND HUMAN RIGHTS TRAINING BY END OF 2026
COMMUNITIES
100% OF MANAGEMENT TO COMPLETE DIVERSITY,  
EQUITY & INCLUSION (DEI) TRAINING BY END OF 2025
97% of management completed DEI training
INTERNAL COLLEAGUE PULSE SURVEY TO BE  
CONDUCTED IN 2024 
Rolled out to all staff with questions on satisfaction  
and wellbeing (53% completion)
COLLEAGUES
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
32

Read more
Next steps
Goal update
Verifying Scopes 1-3 net zero Science Based 
Target with SBTi, establishing climate transition 
plan, and rolling out Carbon Literacy training 
Finalise net zero roadmap with SBTi validation  
by end of 2026
   PAGES 
47 TO 49
Rebaseline near term Scope 1 and 2 target  
with SBTi to account for business growth  
(N.B. Fever-Tree are no longer SME SBT;  
just 0.01% of emissions are Scope 1 and 2)
Submit rebaselined Scope 1 and 2 Science Based 
Target by end of 2025
   PAGE 49
Encourage use and development of renewable 
energy solutions across the broader supply chain
N/A
   PAGE 49
Continue to encourage Tiny Forest community 
participation, including by Fever-Tree 
employees and suppliers
N/A
   PAGES 
52 TO 53
Rolling out Water Charter to priority suppliers 
in high risk catchments
N/A
   PAGES 
52 TO 53
Sequentially roll out circular solutions, 
prioritising highest impact projects first
85% recycled content in aluminium cans by 2030; 
Establish pipeline to increase recycled content 
across other formats by 2030
   PAGES 
50 TO 51
Assess packaging recyclability of secondary 
and tertiary packaging 
N/A
   PAGES 
50 TO 51
Seek waste solutions for sites where recycling 
and/or incineration infrastructure is limited
N/A
   PAGES 
50 TO 51
KEY TO PERFORMANCE STATUS:     
 In progress     
 At risk     
 Achieved     
 New
Further strengthen Fever-Tree’s support for 
the global fight against malaria
N/A
   PAGES 
39 TO 40
Continue to roll out engagement 
opportunities to staff, via the DEI Committee, 
Green Team and other local programmes.
N/A
   PAGE 55
Final push for remaining 2% as well as 
onboarding new suppliers
N/A
   PAGES 
37 TO 38
Expand DEI training offering to all staff
100% of employees to complete unconscious bias 
training by end 2025
   PAGES 
54 TO 55
Conduct more thorough comments-based 
anonymous staff satisfaction survey
Internal colleague engagement survey to be 
conducted in 2025
   PAGES 
54 TO 55
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
33

SUSTAINABILITY continued
We recognise that a healthy 
planet is essential for healthy 
societies and economies.
Climate change is a crisis that requires everyone to play their part. The Climate branch details our efforts 
to mitigate risks posed by global heating and reduce greenhouse gas emissions across our value chain.
CLIMATE
LEARN MORE ABOUT OUR COMMITMENTS 
– www.fever-tree.com/sustainability-
resources 
SUPPORTING SDGS
SUPPORTING POLICY 
 
FEVER-TREE’S ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 
LEARN MORE ABOUT OUR COMMITMENTS – www.fever-tree.com/sustainability-resources
SCIENCE BASED TARGETS
In 2021, we had an operational SME 
science-based target approved by the 
Science Based Targets initiative, aligned 
to 1.5°C warming scenario, to reduce our 
absolute Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas 
emissions by 50% by 2030 from a 2018 
base year, and to measure and reduce our 
Scope 3 emissions.
Due to our outsourced business model, 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions represent less 
than 0.1% of  our total corporate carbon 
footprint, however we have continued to 
drive reduction initiatives that relate to the 
management of  our leased offices across 
our regions and our employee vehicle 
usage. For our offices, we’ve met our target 
of  100% renewable electricity in our 
operations via green electricity contracts in 
the UK and Germany investing in hydro, 
solar and wind, alongside renewable energy 
certificates used in the USA and Australia 
supporting solar and wind projects. And, 
for our vehicle fleet, we’ve created a 
transition plan for all company cars to  
be electric or hybrid vehicles by the end  
of  2027.
Despite these actions, as our business has 
continued to evolve across the globe, it 
is becoming increasingly challenging to 
deliver an absolute reduction of  50% in 
our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030. Since 
establishing this target, we have not only 
seen an increase in our employee base by 
over 400%, but we have also opened our 
Germany and Australia business units 
as well as significantly expand our US 
presence. In addition, we’ve seen a change 
in our carbon accounting partner since 
2018 when we baselined, where more 
detailed primary data has resulted in more 
granular measurements and thus more 
carbon-emitting data entries. As such,  
we’ve taken the decision next year to  
re-baseline our science-based targets for 
Scope 1 and 2 using 2023 data so that 
it better represents the business size and 
position today, no longer considered an 
SME by SBTi, alongside the formation 
of  our net zero target including Scope 3 
greenhouse gas emissions. In support of 
this agenda, we are rolling out Carbon 
Literacy training to our employees from 
2025, to equip our colleagues with the 
know-how and inspiration to support our 
transition to a low carbon economy.
Highlights
GLOBAL CORPORATE CARBON 
FOOTPRINT ANALYSIS 
DECARBONISATION WORKSHOPS 
HELD FOR TOP THREE HOTSPOTS
PRODUCT CARBON FOOTPRINT 
CALCULATIONS CONDUCTED
CLIMATE RISK ASSESSMENT 
ADVANCED WITH TCFD REPORT
100%
RENEWABLE ELECTRICITY USED  
ACROSS OUR OPERATIONS
PURCHASED FLEET OF  
HVO-READY TRUCKS
 CLIMATE
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
34

2023 CORPORATE CARBON FOOTPRINT
This year, to prepare for the formation of  our net zero roadmap, we conducted a full value chain corporate carbon 
footprint analysis, covering 100% of  relevant scope 3 categories based on the guidelines of  the Greenhouse Gas Protocol 
Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard. 
The analysis revealed that Fever-Tree’s top 3 hotspots for greenhouse gas emissions represent 92% of  value chain 
emissions: packaging (44%), logistics (30%) and ingredients (18%). By understanding which areas have the greatest 
potential for reduction has enabled us to tailor our approach to decarbonisation, focusing our efforts to develop and 
implement appropriate carbon reduction measures where we can drive the biggest impact. At the end of  2024, we held 
decarbonisation workshops across these hotspots, gearing us up to develop our net zero strategy in 2025; supporting a 
submission of  intent to SBTi to develop a net zero science-based target, glidepath and plan.
Scope 1
195 tonnes CO2e
Scope 2
33 tonnes CO2e
Scope 3
244,194 tonnes CO2e
TOTAL EMISSIONS
244,422 
tonnes CO2e
WHERE OUR EMISSIONS COME FROM
<1%
>99%
INGREDIENTS 
18%
PACKAGING
44%
MANUFACTURING 
6%
TRANSPORTATION 
& DISTRIBUTION
30%
WASTE MANAGEMENT & TREATMENT
<1%
STAFF TRAVEL & COMMUTING 
<1%
ELECTRONICS & DATA CENTRES
<1%
<1%
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
35

 
SUSTAINABILITY continued
2024 DECARBONISATION EFFORTS
PACKAGING
In collaboration with our packaging 
suppliers, we are actively encouraging 
continuous carbon reductions across our 
packaging base. This year, our primary 
glass supplier unveiled their plans to 
utilise the first large-scale hydrogen 
production facility and carbon capture 
plant in the UK which is central to their 
ambition to significantly reduce carbon 
emissions in the glass manufacturing 
industry. Simultaneously, we are jointly 
exploring circular economy principles, 
such as supporting material recovery 
within production processes and 
increasing our use of  recycled content 
across all packaging formats. 
  READ MORE IN OUR CIRCULAR ECONOMY 
SUMMARY – PAGES 50 TO 51
TRANSPORTATION AND DISTRIBUTION
This year we have invested in a fleet of 
HVO-ready trucks. These vehicles are 
designed to operate on Hydrotreated 
Vegetable Oil (HVO), a renewable 
diesel fuel produced from non-fossil fuel 
derived sources such as used cooking 
oil which would otherwise be discarded. 
This pilot will provide valuable data on 
the performance and cost-effectiveness 
of  HVO, enabling us to make informed 
decisions about the future of  our fleet 
and contribute to a more sustainable 
transportation sector.
INGREDIENTS
We are working closely with key 
ingredient suppliers to reduce their 
operational emissions. For example, 
following the integration of  ESG 
parameters within our Quarterly Business 
Reviews, one of  our key suppliers has 
developed a decarbonisation plan, 
including replacing their diesel boiler 
with electric heating and cooling and 
installing solar panels on-site using 
a power purchase agreement (PPA). 
Simultaneously, we’re working to  
reduce ingredient wastage at our 
manufacturing facilities, with close 
monitoring of  waste KPIs.
MANUFACTURING
Given Fever-Tree’s outsourced business 
model, we actively partner with our 
co-packers to enhance the sustainability 
performance of  their manufacturing 
processes. Through collaborative  
efforts, we’ve achieved improvements 
in energy efficiency, reduced fuel 
consumption and increased the use of 
renewable energy sources across our 
production sites. Where one of  our 
largest co-packers is working towards 
their target to source 50% of  their 
electricity usage through solar, another is 
investing in new technologies to reduce 
their carbon footprint – including solar 
panels on their roof  supplying 40% of 
their electricity needs. For the remaining 
electricity needs not covered by on-
site renewables, both partners have 
transitioned to 100% renewably sourced 
purchased electricity via green tariffs. 
STAFF TRAVEL AND COMMUTING
We aim to empower colleagues to make 
sustainable choices both at work and 
in their personal lives. This year, we 
transitioned more of  our employee 
vehicle fleet to be powered by electricity. 
Beyond professional usage, in the UK, 
we offer all employees the opportunity 
to utilise electric vehicles and participate 
in our cycle-to-work scheme through 
salary sacrifice benefits, encouraging 
cleaner modes of  transport. In the US, 
we offer a financial incentive scheme 
that reimburses employees for making 
‘planetary positive’ lifestyle changes. 
WASTE MANAGEMENT AND TREATMENT
We have a goal for all operations and 
manufacturing to operate with Zero 
Waste to Landfill (ZWTL) principles. 
After recycling, this includes the use  
of  waste management solutions, such  
as anaerobic and waste-to-energy 
facilities, to further divert waste from 
landfills. This year, 75% of  Fever-Tree 
operations and 78% of  manufacturing 
sites operate as ZWTL; figures which 
we’re working to increase once there are 
improvements to waste infrastructure 
across our global footprint.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
36

We are focused on making 
a difference across our entire 
supply chain.
Be it from where we source ingredients from, to where we live and work. The Communities branch covers our global approach to 
social sustainability and protecting human rights throughout our supply chains, alongside local employee volunteer initiatives and 
charitable endeavours, giving back to communities across our markets.
Highlights
LAUNCHED FEVER-TREE’S HUMAN 
RIGHTS CHARTER FOR PRIORITY 
SUPPLY CHAINS 
ROLLED OUT STAFF HUMAN RIGHTS 
TRAINING (MANDATORY ONLINE 
AND ADDITIONAL IN-PERSON 
MODULES)
LAUNCHED ‘POWER OF EVERYONE’ 
MALARIA AWARENESS AND 
BEHAVIOUR CHANGE CAMPAIGN 
WITH MNMUK, REACHING 11.45 
MILLION PEOPLE IN KENYA
FIFTH YEAR OF FUTURE FRONTIERS 
EMPLOYEE COMMUNITY 
MENTORING PROGRAMME
COMMUNITIES
SUPPORTING SDGS
Responsible sourcing and human rights 
SUPPORTING POLICY 
 
•  FEVER-TREE’S HUMAN RIGHTS POLICY
•  FEVER-TREE’S WHISTLEBLOWING POLICY
•  FEVER-TREE’S SOCIAL, ETHICAL, AND ENVIRONMENTAL BUSINESS POLICY 
LEARN MORE ABOUT OUR COMMITMENTS  –  www.fever-tree.com/sustainability-resources 
HUMAN RIGHTS TOOLS AND ASSISTANCE
Fever-Tree have been Sedex members, 
a platform for ethical and sustainable 
business practices that gathers ethical 
performance data and social audit 
results across supplier networks, since 
2018. Our goal is to have links with 
100% of  direct ingredient suppliers 
on Sedex by the end of  2025, before 
expanding to our broader supplier base. 
We’re currently at 98% with a final push 
due in this coming year. By encouraging 
broader Sedex adoption amongst 
our suppliers, we aim to improve 
transparency and accountability across 
our supply chains. 
Our use of  Sedex is primarily for 
achieving breadth of  light-touch HRDD 
across our supply base, enabling us 
to identify, track and understand risk 
at scale, whilst we focus our in-depth 
HRDD efforts towards directly engaging 
with priority suppliers. 
Inherently Human have been supporting 
us with expert human rights advisory 
services for the past two years. They 
have helped evolve our HRDD approach 
ensuring that it is aligned with industry 
best practice and meets the requirements 
of  incoming regulations.
 COMMUNITIES
37
Financial Statements
Governance
Strategic Report
Overview

OUR COMMITMENT TO 
HUMAN RIGHTS
At Fever-Tree, respect for 
 human rights is paramount.  
We are committed to upholding  
all internationally recognised  
human rights throughout our 
operations and supply chains,  
in accordance with:
•	 The United Nations Universal 
Declaration of  Human Rights 
(UDHR) 
•	 The United Nations Guiding 
Principles (UNGP) on Business 
and Human Rights
•	 The International Labour 
Organisation (ILO) Declaration 
on Fundamental Principles and 
Rights at Work
•	 The Ethical Trading Initiative 
(ETI) Base Code
SUSTAINABILITY continued
HUMAN RIGHTS GOVERNANCE 
Fever-Tree’s Social, Ethical and 
Environmental Business (SEEB) Policy 
operates as a Supplier Code of  Conduct, 
outlining our expectations for key 
partners to identify, prevent, mitigate, 
address and remedy potential human 
rights risks across our value chain. 
We require key partners including 
direct and upstream suppliers, parent 
companies, subsidiaries, affiliate 
entities, and third-party organisations to 
agree to, and re-sign, the SEEB Policy 
annually. Meanwhile, our Human Rights 
Policy establishes Fever-Tree’s overall 
commitment to safeguard the rights of 
our employees, supply chain workers, 
communities where we operate, and all 
those impacted by our business activities 
– holding the business accountable to  
the same standards that we expect of  
our supply chain partners. 
Finally, our Whistleblowing Policy 
outlines the process and protection for 
people seeking to report incidents or 
concerns relating to suspected violations 
of  Fever-Tree’s code of  conduct, 
company policies or the law by Fever-
Tree employees, consultants, contractors, 
agency workers or other actors across 
our supply chain.
HUMAN RIGHTS  
CAPACITY BUILDING
Our procurement team attends regular 
refresher courses on ethical procurement 
practices and modern slavery prevention. 
This year, we developed a series of 
training modules on human rights, 
including modern slavery e-learning 
(mandated for all employees), and a 
human rights half-day training course  
(an in-person deep dive into the  
broader topic of  managing human  
rights in business). 
Human rights risk management approach
FEVER-TREE’S HUMAN RIGHTS CHARTER
This year, we created a Human Rights 
Charter for priority supply chains.
The charter outlines that “By 2030, 
Fever-Tree expects priority ingredient supply 
chains to be fully transparent to ground level, 
and grown, harvested, and processed with 
respect for human rights”.
Alongside communicating the charter 
expectation to suppliers, we’ve 
established a roadmap and provided 
detailed guidance to support them in 
their human rights journey, catering 
for varying levels of  existing HRDD 
maturity. For many suppliers, the charter 
will first require either independent visits 
to the supply base assessing community 
needs and human rights protections,  
or the verification of  working practices 
by trusted certification bodies. By setting 
out the expectations of  human rights, 
the charter has positioned our due 
diligence request as a matter of  strategic 
importance with suppliers, driving 
further engagement, transparency and 
open supply chain collaboration.
38
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024

TEN+ YEARS OF PARTNERSHIP 
OUR FIGHT AGAINST MALARIA 
Malaria, one of  humankind’s oldest and 
deadliest diseases, has been the subject  
of  some of  global health’s most significant 
advancements. From next-generation 
bed-nets, through to rapid diagnostic 
tests, to ground-breaking vaccines we 
have the tools and knowledge to beat 
malaria. Despite these strides, a child still 
succumbs to malaria every minute. 
The emergence of  drug and insecticide 
resistance, coupled with the intensifying 
impacts of  climate change, threatens to 
undermine progress in the fight against 
this devastating disease.
That’s why 2024 marked over 11 years 
of  partnership with Malaria No More 
UK, with Fever-Tree having directly 
contributed over £1.8 million to cause. 
We remain unwavering in our mission 
to keep this preventable disease at the 
forefront of  global conversation and 
inspire continued action towards  
malaria eradication. 
Over the last two years, our funding has 
been supporting activities on the ground 
in Africa, focusing on those hardest  
hit by this devastating disease. Malaria  
No More UK and its multi-sector 
coalition partners, with the funding 
from Fever-Tree, have been working 
across Kenya to address stigmas, 
misinformation and power dynamics 
hindering access to malaria prevention 
and treatment. 
Titled the ‘Power of  EveryONE’,  
the project has been focused on building 
powerful media campaigns specially 
designed to amplify and accelerate 
social behaviour change and support 
communities in access to antimalarial 
tools and treatment.
•	 Partnership begins 
‘Gin & Tonic Fever’ 
event at Chelsea 
Physic Gardens
•	 ‘Mixing One Million 
G&Ts’ digital 
campaign, and  
on-pack fundraiser
•	 £1 million 
commitment over 
3 years
•	 ‘Raise Your Glass’ 
digital campaign 
and on-pack 
fundraiser
•	 Awarded Malaria 
No More UK 
commonwealth 
Honour for 
Businesses Fighting 
Malaria
•	 Fever-Tree visit to 
Rwanda to meet 
community health 
workers
•	 2-minute 
challenge & virtual 
masterclass & £5 
Raise a Glass social 
activation
•	 Covent Garden 
Spritz Bar
•	 Virtual London 
marathon
•	 County behaviour 
change campaign 
support begins
•	 Haxton Square Gin 
& Tonic pop up bar 
– donation on G&T 
flights sold
•	 Tim visits malaria 
programmes in 
Kenya
•	 On pack 
fundraiser: 
donation per 
product sold
•	 Malaria Summit 
London: Fever-
Tree are a major 
partner
•	 Award-winning 
‘Raise your Glass’ 
campaign
•	 Fever-Tree match 
fund BBC Radio 4 
Appeal
•	 Road to Rwanda 
staff challenge
•	 Virtual master-
classes engage 
MPs around 
malaria
•	 Business 
5-a-side football 
tournament
•	 Gin & Tonic 
Reception to 
support advocacy
•	 Case 
study in 
Economic 
Impact of 
malaria 
report
UNITED KINGDOM
2013
2015
2018
2022
2014
2017
2021
2016
2020
2019
2023
2024
39
Financial Statements
Governance
Strategic Report
Overview

SUSTAINABILITY continued
SUPPORTING CAMPAIGNS THAT MAKE A DIFFERENCE: THE POWER OF EVERYONE
In February 2024, the “Zero Malaria Starts With Me: Power of  EveryONE” campaign was launched in Kenya. Led by Malaria 
No More UK and the Zero Malaria Campaign Coalition, with co-funding from Fever-Tree, the initiative utilised mass media to 
promote malaria awareness across the country. A pilot program was also introduced in the malaria-endemic counties of  Kilifi, 
Kakamega, and Kisumu to enhance communication efforts.
QUARTER 1
QUARTER 2
QUARTER 3
QUARTER 4
Power of  EveryONE rational 
campaign launched in Nairobi, 
Kenya and rolled out across the 
country to drive mass awareness 
through billboards, radio, PR 
and digital and local journalists.
World Maria day campaign 
activation in Kisumu county 
featuring the Power of 
EveryONE campaign.
This continued national 
momentum and acted as launch 
for the county activations.
County activations with 
partners helped build powerful 
foundations for impact.
These included:
•	 Workshops held to engage 
malaria programme staff  and 
behaviour change partners
•	 Media training for 
spokespeople and journalists 
creating 40 spokespeople
•	 Engagement with 
representatives of  25 local 
print and radio media
County campaign rolled out in 
Kisimu, Kilifi and Kakamega 
with Awareness, Engagement 
and Eduction activities.
Boosting community health awareness
Eunice is a Community Health Promoter in Abongo Village, 
Kakamega County, Kenya. She plays a vital role in malaria 
prevention and community health. In her voluntary position, 
Eunice cares for 100 households, visiting them monthly to 
provide health education, conduct malaria testing, and treat 
non‑severe cases, referring more serious cases to health facilities. 
Her efforts focus on promoting cleanliness and preventing 
stagnant water to combat malaria, which has significantly 
improved healthcare access in her village. Featured in the Power 
of  EveryONE campaign, Eunice’s work has gained recognition, 
enhancing her influence within the community and inspiring  
others to take action against malaria.
Learning new prevention methods
Barack, a fisherman from Dunga on the shores of  Lake Victoria in 
Kisumu County, Kenya, faces the ongoing threat of  malaria.  
After attending a Power of  EveryONE (POE) discussion group,  
he learned how to properly prevent and treat malaria, gaining 
valuable insights into dosage based on weight and the importance 
of  clearing stagnant water and using mosquito nets. Inspired by 
this knowledge, Barack is now committed to educating others in 
his community about malaria prevention. Wearing a colourful 
raincoat featuring the POE and “Zero Malaria” messages, he sparks 
conversations with fellow fishermen, helping spread awareness.
40
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024

HEALTHIER CHOICES & RESPONSIBLE MARKETING 
As outlined in our Responsible 
Marketing Policy, we aim to ensure that 
all Fever-Tree communications embody 
our core values: integrity, transparency, 
and accountability. To reinforce 
this policy, we have implemented a 
comprehensive set of  systems and 
controls aimed at preventing misleading 
or unethical marketing practices. These 
measures include regular training for our 
marketing teams, and thorough review 
processes for all promotional materials.
We believe in empowering consumers 
to make informed choices about their 
drinks and recognise our responsibility 
to promote responsible consumption. 
Fever-Tree is a brand centred on quality, 
not quantity. Drinking less but better 
with our premium mixer drinks. 
We believe that providing a variety of 
options is essential, including a strong 
focus on non-alcoholic alternatives.  
Last year, we expanded our offering with 
sophisticated adult soft drinks, and we 
continue to support the growth of  the 
non-alcoholic spirits category through 
brand partnerships. Whilst we offer both 
alcoholic and non-alcoholic options at 
events, where drinks are positioned as 
alcoholic mixers, we actively encourage 
moderation and healthy drinking 
habits by ensuring responsible drinking 
messages are featured in our marketing 
materials every time we promote an 
alcoholic serve, and age-gating our social 
media content. Finally, we offer a diverse 
product portfolio with a range of  options 
including our Refreshingly Light mixers, 
Premium Soda range, and a growing 
selection of  lower-sugar alternatives to 
offer consumers choice.
COMMUNITY INITIATIVES
We foster a culture of  community engagement by supporting a diverse range of  charitable organisations, empowering our 
employees to volunteer for local communities. That’s why, last year, we set a target for 100% of  employees to be engaged 
with community and citizenship programmes by end 2025 – and we’re 96% there. We also encourage welcome employee 
fundraising across a range of  meaningful causes in 2024.
Future Frontiers is a charity working to provide 
disadvantaged young people in the UK with 
guidance to realise their potential post aged 16 
qualifications. In 2024, Fever-Tree employees 
coached 15 students from Coloma Convent 
Girls’ School in London, providing 90 total 
hours of  support. 
FareShare is a UK food redistribution charity, 
strengthening disadvantaged communities and 
tackling food waste simultaneously. In 2024,  
we established a partnership redistributing 
short-dated Fever-Tree stock to FareShare from 
UK warehouses. This Christmas, Fever-Tree 
held a festive charity bake off  tournament, 
with funds enabling FareShare to deliver 3,275 
meals to charities and community groups.
The Tafel Deutschland Network supports 
locally organised food banks across Germany. 
We have been volunteering regularly for them 
since 2023, collecting food donations at local 
supermarkets that are Fever-Tree customers. 
This year, 31 Fever-Tree folks participated in 
5 food drive days, collecting and redistributing 
178 crates of  food.
Movember raises awareness and funds for 
men’s health issues, including prostate and 
testicular cancer, and mental health. In 
November, our global employees embarked  
on a month-long sponsored moustache  
growing challenge after a shave-down at  
the start of  the month. 
Coppafeel is the UK’s leading breast cancer 
awareness charity. We held a bake sale during 
a lunch and learn, educating colleagues on 
spotting the signs of  breast cancer and best 
supporting others living with cancer.
OTHER 
Fever-Tree US has a Charitable Match 
programme which supported organisations 
including Test Strips Saves Lives, Hear Your 
Song, and World Central Kitchen in 2024.
 COMMUNITIES
Looking ahead
PRIORITY INGREDIENT SUPPLY 
CHAINS TO BE FULLY TRANSPARENT 
TO GROUND LEVEL, AND GROWN, 
HARVESTED, AND PROCESSED  
WITH RESPECT FOR HUMAN  
RIGHTS BY 2030
ON-THE-GROUND AUDITS FOR HIGH 
HUMAN RIGHTS RISK SUPPLIERS PER 
OUR HUMAN RIGHTS CHARTER
ENHANCE POLICY GOVERNANCE 
AND AUTOMATED COMPLIANCE 
TRACKING
STRENGTHEN PROJECTS THAT 
INCREASE AWARENESS, REACH 
AND UPTAKE OF ANTI-MALARIAL 
INTERVENTIONS
41
Financial Statements
Governance
Strategic Report
Overview

SUSTAINABILITY continued
We recognise that climate change 
represents a systemic risk to our societies 
and economies. It exposes Fever-Tree  
to physical risks that can be categorised 
as either acute weather events, such as 
crop failures, or chronic longer-term 
shifts in climate patterns, for example  
via increased air temperatures. 
Meanwhile, how society reacts to, 
and is impacted by, climate change 
also generates transition risks, such 
as changes in consumer preferences. 
Yet, there are also climate-related 
opportunities for us to access, such as 
resource efficiency and new growth 
spaces, that could lead to reduced costs 
and increased demand for our products. 
Whilst Fever-Tree is not required to 
disclose a climate-related risk and 
opportunities analysis, we are  
voluntarily disclosing, consistent with  
the recommendations of  the The Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”), to illustrate our 
commitment to climate-related issues 
given their importance to the business 
and our stakeholders. 
In 2023, we produced our first climate 
risk analysis which was softly aligned to 
the TCFD. This year, we are publishing 
our report with full TCFD alignment, 
enabling us to better understand the 
potential financial impacts from climate 
change on the business, providing us 
with the opportunity to report progress 
made to mitigate climate-related risks, 
and supporting the identification of 
opportunities driven by the heightened 
focus on climate change. 
GOVERNANCE 
BOARD’S OVERSIGHT OF CLIMATE 
RELATED RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES.
We have established a governance 
structure that allocates responsibility and 
accountability for sustainable business 
across the Board, its committees, and the 
senior management team. 
	THIS IS ALIGNED TO FEVER-TREE’S RISK 
GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE – PAGE 60
The Board has overall accountability 
for Fever-Tree’s Five Branches of 
Sustainability framework, which includes 
climate-related risks and opportunities. 
The Board is provided with biannual 
updates on our sustainability strategy 
including an overview of  key 
performance indicators and the progress 
of  major initiatives. These updates 
are intended to ensure that the Board 
monitors progress towards Fever-Tree’s 
ESG goals, including emission reduction 
performance and the result of  any major 
initiatives that have been implemented 
by the management team.
The Board’s sub-committees have the 
following climate-related roles and 
responsibilities:
•	 The Audit Committee is responsible 
for reviewing the adequacy and 
effectiveness of  the Group’s internal 
financial control, audit and risk 
management processes. Specifically, 
the Audit Committee reviews the 
governance, risk management, and 
reporting processes concerning 
material ESG risks, including those 
related to climate change. 
•	 The Remuneration Committee 
has responsibility for setting 
the remuneration policy which 
includes approving the design of, 
and determining targets for, any 
performance-related pay schemes 
operated by the Company.  
 
Since 2024, the Remuneration Policy 
has included an ESG metric within 
the Long‑Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), 
with a weighting of  10%. ESG 
performance is assessed against a 
scorecard of  sustainability measures 
tied to our sustainability strategy.
•	 The Nomination Committee has the 
delegated responsibility to monitor 
the structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity) of  the Board 
and make recommendations to the 
Board regarding any changes.
MANAGEMENT’S ROLE IN ADDRESSING 
CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS AND 
OPPORTUNITIES.
Day-to-day responsibility for 
managing ESG and climate-related 
risks is delegated to Fever-Tree’s 
ESG Committee, established in 2022, 
which forms part of  Fever-Tree’s risk 
governance structure.
Chaired by the Director of 
Communications and ESG, the ESG 
Committee is made up of  roles from 
Senior Management, Legal, Reporting 
and Sustainability. Its purpose is to 
ensure appropriate frameworks are in 
place to establish and maintain good 
governance of  ESG matters, including a 
responsibility to identify, assess, monitor 
and report risks. 
Climate risk analysis is submitted  
to the ESG Committee for review  
biannually, before escalating to the  
PLC Risk Committee. 
	READ MORE ABOUT THE ESG AND PLC RISK 
COMMITTEES – PAGE 60
Climate-Related Risk and 
Opportunities Analysis
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
42

STRATEGY
SCENARIO ANALYSIS METHODOLOGY
In 2023, Fever-Tree conducted a preliminary assessment of  climate-related risks to our business. Throughout 2024, we have 
further developed our ESG Risk Register by conducting a scenario analysis of  the climate-related risks and opportunities the 
company is exposed to, including an assessment of  potential financial impacts. This analysis enhanced our understanding of  
how climate change may impact our operations and value chain over the short-, medium- and long-term, allowing a continued 
focus on the long-term opportunity. 
CLIMATE RISK ANALYSIS TIMELINES
SHORT-TERM
0-1 YEARS
Aligned to financial planning cycle
MEDIUM-TERM 
 1-5 YEARS
Common timeframe for major product 
and market shifts
LONG-TERM 
 5-25 YEARS
To reflect commitments made by national 
governments alongside long-term damages 
associated with climate change
The scenario analysis was conducted in alignment with TCFD recommendations, using the latest science to provide an  
overview of  how these risks and opportunities may develop across different warming scenarios. Three different warming 
scenarios (‘Paris Aligned’, ‘Disruptive’, and ‘Hot House World’) were considered and created using the International Panel 
on Climate Change’s (IPCC’s) Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) and Shared Socioeconomic Pathways (SSP), the 
Climate Action Tracker, Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) and the UN Inevitable Policy Response. These 
scenarios were chosen to provide varieties in the magnitude of  the potential physical and transition risks, as displayed below. 
SUMMARY OF SCENARIOS
Scenario
Paris aligned
Disruptive
Hot House World
SCENARIO  
MODELLED
SSP 1: World makes gradual 
but continual shift towards 
decarbonisation with consumer 
behaviour changing dramatically 
with a move away from single‑use 
consumerism. Co-ordinated 
and international approach to 
aggressively reduce emissions.
SSP 2: Governments across 
the globe fail to co-ordinate a 
response to climate change over 
the short- and medium‑term 
which leads to individual nations, 
local authorities, companies 
and individuals taking their 
own approaches towards 
climate change.
SSP 5: World continues to 
prioritise short-term economic 
growth, with trust placed in 
innovation and collaboration 
to produce rapid technological 
progress as a path to sustainable 
development – more of  a 
focus on climate adaptation 
than mitigation.
EMISSION PATHWAY
RCP 2.6: Global warming of 
1.5°C above pre-industrial levels 
by 2100.
RCP 4.5: Global warming of 
2.5°C above pre-industrial levels 
by 2100.
RCP 8.5: Global warming of 
4.0°C above pre-industrial levels 
by 2100.
REGULATORY  
LANDSCAPE
Strong local, state, and 
national‑level regulation and 
action on procurement of 
raw materials, packaging, 
manufacture and distribution of 
the company’s products.
Uneven and delayed local, state, 
and national-level regulation 
and action on procurement 
of  raw materials, packaging, 
manufacture and distribution of 
the company’s products.
Disjointed and ineffective 
policy response among 
governments, which does 
not lead to advancements 
in current sustainability 
reporting frameworks.
REPUTATIONAL  
LANDSCAPE
Consumers increasingly 
incorporate carbon 
emission performance into 
purchasing decisions.
Increased investor, customer, 
supplier, and other stakeholder 
pressure results in requirement 
of  net zero SBTi aligned targets 
and Transition Plan Taskforce 
(TPT) disclosures.
Consumers in certain 
regions incorporate carbon 
emission performance into 
purchasing decisions.
Minority of  customer, supplier, 
and other stakeholder pressure 
on expectation of  net-zero SBTi 
aligned targets and TPT.
Consumers continue to focus 
on the price, quality, brand 
and occasion when making 
purchasing decisions.
Lack of  customer, supplier, and 
other stakeholder pressure on 
expectation of  net-zero SBTi 
aligned targets and TPT.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
43

SUSTAINABILITY continued
The climate scenario analysis compared the physical risks for 17 sites spanning Fever-Tree’s offices, production sites and raw 
ingredient sourcing locations across the three warming scenarios. For each location, acute, chronic, and water-related physical 
risks were modelled quantitatively at country-level. For transition risks, a qualitative approach was taken at a global level.
CLIMATE RISK IDENTIFICATION AND RESILIENCE
PHYSICAL RISKS 
Using the timelines, scenarios and climate change impact categories outlined in the methodology, we identified six physical and 
transitional risks, as well as three opportunities, which may have the most significant impact on Fever-Tree. The outcomes of  this 
analysis, along with our mitigating actions and our overall resilience are summarised below:
Physical Risk
Risk Description
Unmitigated Fever-Tree Risk 
Fever-Tree’s Mitigating Actions
ACUTE
Materialisation:
 
 
 
The acute (event-driven) climate 
indicators assessed comprised heat 
waves, crop failures, cyclones, and 
wildfires. These events have the 
potential to impact the company’s 
business activities, product storage, 
co-packer assets, as well as the 
availability and quality of  raw 
ingredients.
The short- and medium-term impacts of  acute weather 
risks were comparable across the Paris Aligned and 
Disruptive scenarios. For example, each location’s 
exposure to heat waves follow similar pathways up to 
2030 across both scenarios.
However, the greatest potential financial impact for 
Fever-Tree occurs longer-term under the Hot House 
World scenario, where most operational, production, 
and raw ingredient sourcing locations are exposed to 
a higher risk of  heat waves and cyclones. India and 
Mexico are considered higher risk locations across 
all three scenarios analysed, from which we source 
key ingredients. 
Business Continuity 
Management: We conduct an 
annual operational review of 
warehousing,which includes details 
on how much stock Fever‑Tree 
holds at specific locations, 
contingency plans in place, 
insurance prices and how long 
it would take to get back to full 
production capacity.
Procurement Diversification: 
We have developed a network 
of  suppliers who can supply 
ingredients and materials from 
different origins to diversify our 
risk and protect supply. We have 
mitigation actions in play with 
high priority raw materials, such as 
maintaining higher levels of  stock. 
Outsourced Business Model: 
Our outsourced business model 
provides us with the flexibility to 
reduce our reliance on specific 
manufacturing locations. This 
allows us to limit the risk exposure 
of  event-driven climate impacts.
Water Stewardship: 
We champion water stewardship 
with our co-packers and have 
developed a strategy that includes 
water risk management associated 
with raw material sourcing. 
CHRONIC
Materialisation:
 
 
 
The chronic climate indicators 
evaluated included air temperature, 
labour productivity and soil 
moisture. These gradually 
intensifying climate patterns 
have the potential to impact the 
productivity of  the company’s 
workforce and supply chain, as well 
as the availability and quality of 
raw ingredients.
Air temperatures present the highest risk of  the chronic 
climate indicators, expected to increase over the long-
term for all locations analysed across all scenarios. This 
is especially relevant for our raw ingredient locations 
since agriculture farmers are among the most exposed to 
high temperatures, and the loss of  labour productivity 
according to heat stress.
WATER
Materialisation:
 
 
 
Water risks, including water 
scarcity, flooding and water 
quality, have the potential to 
impact the cost of  water supply 
and/or treatment, disrupt to the 
production and transportation of 
products, and endanger the quality 
of  finished goods.
The greatest potential financial impact for Fever‑Tree 
as a result of  water-related risks occurs over the 
longer-term under the Hot House World scenario. 
The sourcing locations with the largest exposure 
to water scarcity include India, Mexico and Spain. 
In addition, India had the largest risk of  flooding. 
Whereas the locations with the largest exposure to water 
quality risk include Fever-Tree’s Western European 
production locations, specifically Belgium, Germany, 
Netherlands and Spain. 
Using these scenarios, we categorised the potential impact of  climate change into three groups:
‘PHYSICAL RISKS’ 
can be categorised as either acute 
weather events or chronic longer-
term shifts in climate patterns. 
Physical risks also include water-
related risks such as issues related 
to water scarcity. 
‘TRANSITION 
OPPORTUNITIES’
include potential financial benefits 
of  addressing climate change 
(e.g. growth spaces resulting from 
increased demand for energy 
efficient products).
‘TRANSITION RISKS’
refer to the major costs associated 
with achieving emissions 
reductions and operating in 
a decarbonised economy (e.g. 
changes in regulation and the 
introduction of  carbon pricing).
Time Horizon:	
 Short-term onwards     
 Medium-term onwards     
 Long-term
Scenarios:	
 Hot House World     
 Disruptive     
 Paris aligned
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
44

TRANSITION RISKS 
For the climate transition risks and opportunities, a qualitative scenario analysis was conducted with insights from senior 
management and members of  staff  across business units including finance, reporting, legal and sustainability. The outcomes of 
this analysis and mitigating actions can be found below.
Physical Risk
Risk Description
Unmitigated Fever-Tree Risk 
Fever-Tree’s Mitigating Actions
CARBON 
PRICING & 
REGULATORY 
COSTS
Materialisation:
 
 
 
Across all climate scenarios, we 
have modelled the introduction 
of  a carbon price applied for all 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions from 2030 
onwards.  Additional regulatory 
costs include compliance with the 
Extended Producer Responsibility 
(EPR), Deposit Return Schemes 
(DRS), and Carbon Border 
Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM).
Fever-Tree emits carbon as part of  its 
operations and is reliant on carbon-intensive 
materials from its suppliers. Carbon pricing 
presents an increased cost associated with the 
production of  materials, the emissions from its 
operations, and the disposal of  its products. 
The risk of  carbon pricing is expected to be 
greater in the UK and EU, relative to Fever-
Tree’s US and Australia operations, due to the 
predicted pricing schemes and our geographic 
emissions hotspots.
Net Zero Roadmap: In 2021, Fever-Tree 
set a science-based target, approved by the 
Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi), 
aligned to a 1.5°C warming scenario, to 
reduce Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 
50% by 2030 from a 2018 baseline. We 
have continued to develop our net zero 
roadmap across all three scopes in 2024 as 
we prepare to have our scope 3 emission 
reduction targets validated by the SBTi 
over the next two years.
ENHANCED 
REPORTING 
OBLIGATIONS
Materialisation:
 
 
 
It is expected that, over the 
medium-term, the introduction 
of  various sustainability reporting 
frameworks across the UK and EU 
will expose companies to disclosure 
standards that require granular 
detail on carbon footprints, climate 
transition plans, current and 
anticipated financial risk analyses 
and measurement of  the wider 
environmental impact of  their 
supply chain. 
Additional ESG reporting obligations 
could lead to increased costs by building 
the internal reporting expertise, alongside 
the fees for external third parties to provide 
specialist advice and audit services. If  we are 
unable to comply, we could be exposed to 
potential fines related to non-compliance 
and/or greenwashing.
Horizon Scanning on Upcoming 
Legislation: In 2024, we conducted 
an ESG regulatory horizon scan that 
reviewed upcoming legislation, delegating 
responsibility throughout the Group for 
each of  the incoming ESG regulations 
and frameworks.
Sustainability Disclosures: We have 
already calculated and published corporate 
carbon footprint analysis within our 
Annual and Sustainability Report. In 
addition, we voluntarily report against the 
TCFD and CDP. 
SHIFTS IN 
STAKEHOLDER 
PREFERENCES
Materialisation:
 
 
 
Customer and consumer 
purchasing decisions could see 
increasing emphasis on climate-
related performance (impacted 
by perceptions of  packaging 
materials, recyclability, product 
carbon footprints, and ingredient 
sourcing). Additionally, investors 
may increasingly use ESG ratings 
from third-party organisations 
when making capital-allocation 
decisions, and customers could 
increasingly expect supplier 
compliance with their own ESG 
policies and climate goals.
If  consumer preferences were to shift towards 
more sustainable products, as a premium 
brand, Fever-Tree would be expected to 
operate its business in a way that leads the 
market. Hence, Fever-Tree’s access to external 
capital may become increasingly dependent on 
its climate-related practices and reporting. This 
includes alignment with best practice reporting 
frameworks such as the Transition Plan 
Taskforce (TPT). The financial impact would 
be highest within the Paris Aligned scenario as 
stakeholder preferences shift rapidly towards 
less carbon-intense products.
Circularity Roadmap: Our glass 
bottles and aluminium cans are non-toxic 
and infinitely recyclable. We regularly 
engage with our packaging partners to 
identify opportunities to minimise the 
environmental impact of  the materials 
used and increase use of  recycled content.
Supply Chain Engagement: Discussions 
are underway with Fever-Tree’s largest 
co-packers on carbon reduction activities, 
as well as major logistics, packaging 
and ingredient suppliers on value chain 
decarbonisation.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
45

SUSTAINABILITY continued
TRANSITION OPPORTUNITIES 
Our sustainability strategy is a core aspect of  our strategic blueprint which has a focus on the quality and breadth of  products, 
premium but accessible price point, loyal, lifetime customers, and the first mover advantage. Our incoming Net Zero plan will 
support these strategic pillars by ensuring that we stay in line with consumer expectations by focusing on the opportunities in 
new growth spaces, cost minimisation and energy transition opportunities, per the below.
Time Horizon:	
 Short-term onwards     
 Medium-term onwards     
 Long-term
Scenarios:	
 Hot House World     
 Disruptive     
 Paris aligned
Physical risk
Opportunity description
Untapped Fever-Tree Opportunity 
Adaptive Actions and Plans
NEW GROWTH 
SPACES
Materialisation:
 
 
 
Changing consumer preferences 
towards more environmentally 
friendly production practices 
may lead to consumers, investors 
and governments increasingly 
demand products with greater 
longevity and re–usability. There 
is an opportunity to appeal to the 
rise in conscious consumerism 
by developing lower emission 
products with clearly referenced 
sustainability benefits. 
If  Fever-Tree could utilise its circular economy 
credentials, building on our already infinitely 
recyclable packaging materials, and work on 
behavioural change nudges to increase effective 
recycling, it could tap into in new markets, 
products, customers and revenue streams. 
There is potential for increased demand for 
Fever-Tree products as consumers become 
more aware of  its environmental initiatives.  
On-Trade Refill Solution: An example 
of  new growth spaces is the trial of  our 
Fever-Tree Draught this year – a refillable 
dispense system that is able to deliver our 
soft drinks at a lower carbon intensity to 
our on-trade customers and consumers. 
Consumers benefit from a relatively higher 
drink carbonation than current dispensers, 
whilst having a lower carbon footprint per 
serve relative to using a glass bottle due to 
packaging and logistics savings.
RESOURCE 
EFFICIENCIES
Materialisation:
 
 
 
There is an opportunity to harness 
tech innovations that assist the 
transition to lower carbon solutions 
and improve energy, material, 
water, and waste efficiencies  
(e.g. decarbonising the supply chain 
via LED lighting, circular economy 
solutions, industrial motor 
technology etc.).
Improving manufacturing energy, water and 
waste efficiency measures and harnessing 
automation could reduce operating costs 
in production and distribution, alongside 
improving the environmental impact relating  
to the associated processes. We could also look 
to enhance logistics efficiencies, delivering  
both carbon and cost savings per journey.
Manufacturing Efficiencies: We’re 
working with manufacturing partners to 
minimise energy and water use and reduce 
wastage, including having localised spring 
water boreholes on-site at two major co-
packers to eradicate the carbon associated 
with transportation. Meanwhile, we’re 
working to harness efficiency potential with 
key supply partners, including exploring 
tech such as a CO2 vaporisation tank at 
our major aluminium processing plant to 
reduce electricity use. 
Container Maximisation: We have a 
project underway to increase utilisation of 
container loads, minimising wasted miles 
and bolstering transportation efficiencies. 
ENERGY 
SOURCE 
TRANSITION
Materialisation:
 
 
 
Reduce the company’s carbon 
footprint and fuel costs (medium- 
to long-term) by increasing 
investment in renewable energy 
or low emission alternatives such 
as wind, solar, wave, tidal, hydro, 
geothermal, nuclear, biofuels,  
and carbon capture and storage.
Decarbonisation efforts would not only drive 
progress towards Fever-Tree’s carbon reduction 
targets but also reduce reliance on fossil fuels 
and associated carbon taxes, whilst offering 
savings on energy costs. Potential reputational 
gains for Fever-Tree could also be achieved 
from shifting energy usage toward renewable 
energy sources.
Renewable Energy Sources: 
Our production sites are increasingly 
powered by renewable energy, including a 
mix of  on-site renewables, PPAs and RECs.
Green Hydrogen: The increased 
adoption towards green hydrogen 
in the North East of  England 
provides a significant opportunity 
for our manufacturing partners and 
suppliers, offering the opportunity to 
significantly decarbonise elements of 
our production process.
 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
46

RISK MANAGEMENT
The ESG risk register is managed and 
monitored in line with Fever-Tree’s risk 
management process. 
Whilst the focus of  2024 was modelling 
climate-related risks and opportunities, 
in 2025 we shall incorporate the output 
of  the climate scenario analysis into the 
ESG risk register.
METRICS AND TARGETS
METRICS USED BY FEVER-TREE TO 
ASSESS CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS AND 
OPPORTUNITIES IN LINE WITH ITS 
STRATEGY AND RISK MANAGEMENT 
PROCESS
We have established key performance 
indicators to measure our progress 
in addressing climate risks and 
opportunities. These include: 
•	 Reducing our Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
by 50% by 2030 from a 2018 base 
year (Science Based Target, aligned to 
1.5-degree warming scenario); and
•	 Reducing per litre product emissions 
on an annual basis. 
Next year, we will continue to develop 
our Net Zero roadmap, including SBTi 
scope 3 targets and a cradle-to-grave 
decarbonisation strategy across the full 
value chain.
SECR METHODOLOGY 
ClimatePartner UK Ltd has assisted 
in the methodology, collection and 
calculation of  Fever-Tree’s Scope 1, 
2 and 3 emissions – reported here 
for Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (SECR) for the fiscal 
reporting period starting 1 January 2024 
and ending 31 December 2024. 
ClimatePartner can confirm this has 
been conducted in accordance with the 
GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting 
and Reporting Standard and the 
UK Government’s Environmental 
Reporting Guidelines. 
The following energy and greenhouse 
gas sources were included in the 
calculations: 
•	 Scope 1 (direct) includes emissions 
from the heating of  our buildings, 
company cars, and leased vehicles. 
•	 Scope 2 (indirect) includes  
emissions from purchased electricity 
for our buildings. 
•	 Scope 3 (indirect) includes emissions 
from rental vehicles and fuel used  
for business travel.
CO2e emissions were calculated using 
the company’s consumption data 
and emission factors researched by 
ClimatePartner. Wherever possible, 
primary data were used. If  no primary 
data were available, secondary data 
from highly credible sources were 
used. Emission factors were taken from 
scientifically recognised databases such 
as Ecoinvent and DEFRA. The following 
method was used to calculate the 
information disclosed: activity data 
x emission factor = greenhouse gas 
emissions, expressed as tonnes of 
carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO2e). 
All seven Kyoto protocol GHGs were 
included: CO2, N2O, CH4, HFCs,  
PFCs, SF6 and NF3. 
The calculations were made using the 
operational control approach which was 
selected to fully capture the greenhouse 
gas emissions that sit within the scope 
of  Fever-Tree’s commercial activity. 
This approach fulfils the mandatory 
requirement of  SECR reporting to 
capture emissions from activities for 
which the company owns or controls 
including combustion of  fuel and 
operation of  facilities. 
RESULTS ANALYSIS 
In 2021, we set a science-based target, 
approved by the Science Based Targets 
initiative (SBTi), aligned to 1.5°C 
warming scenario, to reduce our  
Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 50% by 
2030 from a 2018 base year. Given our 
outsourced business model, 99.9% of 
emissions sit within Scope 3. 
Whilst we recognise that we have 
a responsibility to report on direct 
emissions in line with SECR, and  
drive greenhouse gas reductions 
where we have direct control, the  
main focus for Group decarbonisation 
is on collaborating to reduce Scope 3 
emissions in line with our net  
zero roadmap. 
Scope 1: The 10% increase in 
company‑wide Scope 1 emissions  
reflects the expanded scope of  our 
operation that have been included in  
the calculations, which, this year includes 
the Fever-Tree Edinburgh Airport.  
In addition, Germany and UK vehicle 
fleet sizes have increased – however, to 
counter this impact, 36% of  our leased 
vehicles are currently electric or hybrid, 
and we have a plan to transition 100% 
of  our fleet to EVs/hybrids by 2027. 
Scope 2: For scope 2, market-based 
reporting is often considered the 
most accurate representation of  the 
electricity actually purchased. All of 
our sites have renewable energy 
tariffs or purchase renewable energy 
credits, however, for transparency, 
Scope 2 location-based emissions have 
increased due to higher electricity 
kwh consumption in 2024, reflecting 
workforce and office use changes. 
Scope 3: Our SECR-reported scope 3 
emissions solely cover emissions from 
vehicle rentals and private vehicles 
where Fever-Tree is responsible for 
purchasing the fuel. This year, we saw  
a reduction of  58% reflecting an 
increase in leased vehicles alongside a 
shift in the carbon accounting categories. 
Overall: Looking at the intensity 
ratio to assess our overall SECR 
emissions proportional to growth, 
we’ve achieved an 18% reduction  
in 2024 vs 2023. Whilst this is 
reassuring, the key focus going forward 
will be scope 3 reduction and working  
to achieve net zero across our  
supply chain.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
47

SUSTAINABILITY continued
STREAMLINED ENERGY AND CARBON REPORTING STATEMENT (SECR) 
 
Reporting Year
Site
2023
UK
2023
USA
2023
Germany
2023
Australia
2023
TOTAL
2024
UK
2024
USA
2024
Germany
2024
Australia
2024
TOTAL
ENERGY CONSUMPTION (kWh)
Gas
 829.00 
 27,774.14 
 103,055.35 
 131,658.49 
 555.00 
 46,934.86 
 76,709.00 
– 
 124,198.86 
Electricity
 104,299.90 
 10,895.00 
 15,312.00 
 5,730.50 
 136,237.40 
 170,489.90 
 30,227.00 
 13,194.00 
 12,421.87 
 226,332.77 
Total energy consumption (kWh)
 105,128.90 
 38,669.14 
 118,367.35 
 5,730.50  267,895.89 
 171,044.90 
 77,161.86 
 89,903.00 
 12,421.87 
 350,531.63 
EMISSIONS (tCO2e)
Scope 1
Emissions from combustion of 
fuel for company owned  
or leased vehicles
 10.08 
 0.28 
 184.63 
–
 194.99 
 16.76 
–
 196.83 
–
 213.59 
Total Scope 1
 10.08 
 0.28 
 184.63 
–
 194.99 
 16.76 
–
 196.83 
–
 213.59 
Scope 2
Heating/gas
 0.17 
 7.58 
 25.16 
–
 32.91 
 0.00013 
 11.62 
 17.67 
–
 29.29 
Electricity (location-based)
 24.99 
 1.67 
 6.23 
 4.64 
 37.53 
 35.30 
 5.38 
 4.06 
 8.93 
 53.67 
Electricity (market-based)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
 8.70 
–
 8.70 
Total Scope 2 (location‑based*)
 25.16 
 9.25 
 31.39 
 4.64 
 70.44 
 35.30 
 17.00 
 21.73 
 8.93 
 82.96 
Total Scope 2 (market‑based)
 0.17 
 7.58 
 25.16 
–
 32.91 
 0.00013 
 11.62 
 26.37 
–
 37.99 
Scope 1 & 2
Total Scope 1+2  
(location-based*)
 35.24 
9.53
216.02
4.64
 265.43 
 52.06 
17.00
218.57
8.93
 296.56 
Total Scope 1+2 (market‑based)
 10.25 
7.86
209.79
0.00
 227.90 
 16.76 
11.62
223.21
0.00
 251.58 
Scope 3
Emissions from business travel in 
rental cars or employee vehicles 
where company is responsible for 
purchasing the fuel**
 24.89 
 130.98 
 0.06 
 2.21 
 158.14 
 63.12 
 2.54 
 0.53 
 0.48 
 66.66 
Total Scope 3
 24.89 
 130.98 
 0.06 
 2.21 
 158.14 
 63.12 
 2.54 
 0.53 
 0.48 
 66.66 
Scopes 1–3
Total Scopes 1–3  
(location-based*)
 60.13 
140.51
216.08
6.85
423.57
 115.18 
19.54
219.09
9.41
363.21
Total Scopes 1–3  
(market-based)
 35.14 
138.84
209.85
2.21
386.04
 79.88 
14.16
223.73
0.48
318.25
INTENSITY (TCO2E / UNIT PRODUCED)
Revenue £m
 114.78 
 117.12 
 24.96 
 11.90 
 268.76 
 110.43 
 128.04 
 16.87 
 14.94 
 270.28 
Intensity ratio  
(Scopes 1 + 2, location-based): 
tCO2e / £m revenue 
 0.31 
 0.08 
 8.65 
 0.39 
 0.99 
 0.47 
 0.13 
 12.96 
 0.60 
 1.10 
Intensity ratio  
(Scopes 1 + 2, market-based): 
tCO2e / £m revenue 
 0.09 
 0.07 
 8.41 
–
 0.85 
 0.15 
 0.09 
 13.23 
–
 0.93 
Intensity ratio  
(Scopes 1–3, location-based):  
tCO2e / £m revenue 
 0.52 
 1.20 
 8.66 
 0.58 
 1.58 
 1.04 
 0.15 
 12.99 
 0.63 
 1.34 
Intensity ratio  
(Scopes 1–3, market-based):  
tCO2e / £m revenue 
 0.31 
 1.19 
 8.41 
 0.19 
 1.44 
 0.72 
 0.11 
 13.26 
 0.03 
 1.18 
Scope 1: The 10% increase in company-wide Scope 1 emissions reflects the expanded scope of our operations that have been included in the calculations, which, this year includes 
the Fever-Tree Edinburgh Airport. In addition, Germany and UK vehicle fleet sizes have slightly increased – however, we have a plan to transition 100% of our fleet to EVs/
hybrids by 2027 (currently at 36%). 
Scope 2: Our market-based scope 2 emissions are 15% higher than last year – partly due to the use of electric vehicles being considered an electricity input which we do not 
purchase renewable credits for. All of our sites are either powered by renewable energy tariffs or purchase renewable energy credits.
Scope 3: Our SECR-reported scope 3 emissions cover emissions from vehicle rentals plus private vehicles where Fever-Tree is responsible for purchasing the fuel. This year, we 
saw a 58% reduction, largely reflecting an increase in leased vehicles causing a shift in the carbon accounting categories from Scope 3 to Scope 1.
Overall: Looking at the intensity ratio to assess our total SECR emissions proportional to growth, we’ve achieved an 18% reduction in 2024 vs 2023 (market-based scopes 1-3 
intensity ratio). Whilst this is indeed reassuring, as over 99% of our total emissions are Scope 3, the key focus going forward will be scope 3 reductions and working to achieve net 
zero across our supply chain.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
48

OUR PATH TO NET ZERO
OPERATIONAL CONTROL
•	 Utilise 100% renewable purchased 
electricity in operations
•	 Transition fleet to electric and 
hybrid vehicles
•	 On-site energy saving opportunities 
(e.g. motion-censored lighting)
PACKAGING
•	 Removal of  unnecessary  
packaging and lightweighting 
•	 Increase recycled content  
used across packaging formats
•	 Low carbon material innovation
•	 Explore circular packaging 
solutions
•	 Utilise alternative fuels in 
packaging manufacturing
INGREDIENTS
•	 Increase the use of 
ingredients with lower 
carbon footprints
•	 Minimise write-offs and 
wastage through precise 
demand planning
LOGISTICS 
•	 Transition to renewable  
fuel sources 
•	 Inter-modal transport forms 
•	 Maximise load efficiencies  
and container fill rates
•	 Localise production sites and 
optimise networks to  
reduce distances travelled 
SUPPLIER COLLABORATION
•	 Continue to encourage 
key suppliers to create 
decarbonisation roadmaps 
•	 Work with suppliers to access 
more primary carbon data 
•	 Introduce carbon metrics in 
supplier scorecards
Looking ahead
CLIMATE TRANSITION PLAN 
DEVELOPMENT
NET ZERO SCIENCE BASED TARGETS 
SUBMISSION AND SBTI VALIDATION
GLOBAL VEHICLE FLEET TRANSITION 
TO EVS OR HYBRIDS 
CARBON LITERACY EMPLOYEE 
TRAINING ROLLOUT
 CLIMATE
Net  
Zero
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
49

 CIRCULARITY
SUSTAINABILITY continued
Highlights
CONDUCTED FIRST GLOBAL 
PACKAGING FOOTPRINT ANALYSIS 
PROJECT GROUP INITIATED TO 
INCREASE RECYCLED CONTENT IN 
PACKAGING
TRANSITIONED POINT-OF-SALE 
MERCHANDISE TO LOWER CARBON 
MATERIALS
ENGAGED OFFICES AND CO-PACKERS 
ON ZERO WASTE TO LANDFILL 
REQUIREMENT
TRIALLED ON-TRADE DRAUGHT 
DISPENSE SYSTEM
CIRCULARITY
PACKAGING FOOTPRINT ANALYSIS
We closely collaborate with our 
packaging partners to minimise the 
environmental impact of  the materials 
that we use. Whilst our glass bottles 
and aluminium cans are non-toxic 
and infinitely recyclable, continual 
improvements include redesigning 
packaging to use less packaging, trialling 
more sustainable material innovations, 
and increasing our use of  recycled 
content across packaging formats.
This year, we conducted our first 
global analysis of  our packaging 
footprint across primary and secondary 
formats, establishing a centralised 
database including the weight of 
virgin and recycled materials across 
our portfolio. As the old adage goes, 
what gets measured gets managed, 
so this represents a crucial step in 
developing our roadmap to increase 
recycled content. 
% RECYCLED CONTENT BY MATERIAL
PACKAGING FOOTPRINT BY WEIGHT
	READ MORE ABOUT THE DECARBONISATION 
EFFORTS FROM PACKAGING PARTNERS, 
INCLUDING PLANNED UTILISATION OF 
HYDROGEN AND CARBON CAPTURE WITH  
OUR PRIMARY GLASS SUPPLIER, IN THE 
PACKAGING SECTION OF THE CLIMATE  
BRANCH SUMMARY- PAGE 36
GLASS
Bottles
ALUMINIUM
Cans and 
screwcaps 
BOARD
Boxes, sleeves 
and dividers
STEEL
Crowns
PAPER
Labels
SUPPORTING SDGS
The Circular Economy is an 
economic system aimed at 
minimising waste and maximising 
resource efficiency.
Moving away from the traditional “take-make-dispose” linear model towards a cyclical one where materials are kept in use for 
as long as possible. For Fever-Tree, the Circularity branch covers our efforts to increase recycled content, lightweight packaging, 
design for recyclability, and minimise materials used to enable the reutilisation of  our planet’s limited resources.
50%
0%
28%
59%
31%
Glass
81,760 t 
Aluminium
2,530 t
Board
4,075 t
Steel
565 t
Paper
399 t
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
50

 CIRCULARITY
This year saw the first trials 
in the On-Trade of our new 
draught system 
Our carefully crafted range of  tonics, 
sodas, and gingers available by a draught 
dispense, deliver exceptional taste in a highly 
carbonated and cooly refreshing pour. Not 
only does the draught deliver operational 
efficiencies and elevate the customer 
experience, the refill model works to minimise 
the embodied emissions of  packaging per 
serve, reduce both the transportation of  glass 
bottles to On-Trade customers, and waste at 
end-of-life. 
PRODUCT RECOVERY
We support initiatives that improve 
the collection and recycling of  our 
packaging materials. Since 2013, we’ve 
sold our drinks in returnable glass 
bottles in Germany, in support of  their 
Deposit Return Scheme (DRS); and 
this year we tailored our aluminium 
can artwork in Ireland to support their 
2024 DRS launch. A well-designed DRS 
incentivises the return and recycling of 
valuable packaging materials – which 
can address environmental pollution 
through reduced littering and, critically 
for Fever-Tree, should increase recycling 
rates and enhance greater quality of 
recycled materials. We are closely 
following the developments of  global 
DRS’ and are in favour of  well-
designed effective DRS with sufficient 
infrastructure, communication and 
change management plans. 
WASTE
We are striving to achieve zero 
waste to landfill (ZWTL) across our 
operations and throughout our supply 
chain. This means that all waste 
generated should either be reused, 
recycled, composted, or utilised for 
energy recovery. As of  2024, 75% of 
Fever-Tree operations and 78% of  the 
manufacturing sites that we use operate 
as ZWTL. The remaining facilities are 
hindered by geographical limitations, 
located in areas with limited access  
to composting infrastructure,  
preventing the complete diversion of 
waste from landfills. Whilst our facilities 
in USA and Australia do recycle waste 
materials where locally possible, they  
are not fully ZWTL as the remaining 
waste goes to landfill instead of  energy 
recovery. This is something we will 
continue to engage our partners on,  
as and when there is local  
infrastructure improvements. 
Furthermore, we are actively seeking to 
minimise food waste and stock write-offs 
by donating shorter-dated products to 
charitable partners such as St. John’s 
Ambulance and, more recently, new 
partnerships in 2024 with OzHarvest 
in Australia and FareShare in the UK, 
where we have donated 29 tonnes of 
surplus drinks this year.
Following this analysis, we subsequently set up a project group exploring opportunities to increase recycled content and reduce 
the carbon footprint of  packaging formats. In 2024, this led to the identification and review of  potential material changes in 
collaboration with our packaging suppliers. For 2025, the focus will be on implementation, first prioritising the projects with the 
greatest scale and biggest impact. 
Looking ahead
TRIAL INCREASED RECYCLED 
CONTENT ACROSS PACKAGING 
FORMATS
ROLL OUT PACKAGING 
LIGHTWEIGHTING INITIATIVES 
DRAUGHT SOLUTION ROLL OUT TO 
ON-TRADE CUSTOMERS
ENCOURAGE RESPONSIBLE END-
OF-LIFE DISPOSAL WITH MARKET-
SPECIFIC RECYCLING MESSAGING 
ON-PACK
REIMAGINING PACKAGING
We continually seek to deliver packaging improvements. Following the removal of  cardboard can pads from 8-pack cases in 
2023, this year we extended the removal of  can pads to our 4- and 6-pack cases. We also completed the roll out of  our 8% 
lightweighted 200ml cardboard bottle sleeves.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
51

SUSTAINABILITY continued
Highlights
WINNERS AT THE DRINKS 
SUSTAINABILITY AWARDS FOR OUR 
TINY FOREST PARTNERSHIP WITH 
EARTHWATCH AND MITCHELLS & 
BUTLERS 
US ON-TRADE HOLIDAY AND RETAIL 
ACTIVATIONS SUPPORTING ONE 
TREE PLANTED
DEVELOPED WATER STEWARDSHIP 
STRATEGY AND COMPLETED DATA 
OUTREACH
CONSERVATION
SUPPORTING SDGS
BIODIVERSITY PROTECTION
In the UK, we have expanded our 
partnership with Earthwatch Europe, 
an organisation focused on citizen 
science and environmental action, 
engaging volunteers across England and 
Scotland via their Tiny Forest network. 
This year we entered our fourth year 
of  partnership with Earthwatch, 
engaging Fever-Tree staff  with Tiny 
Forest conservation and funding the 
coordination of  Earthwatch’s Tree 
Keeper network. 
In the US and Canada, we have again 
partnered with One Tree Planted, 
focused on global reforestation through 
tree planting and forestry protection 
initiatives. Our 2024 US Holiday 
Programme has funded the planting of 
32,750 trees across America. And, over 
in Canada, our distributor embraced a 
sustainable approach to holiday gifting 
by opting for reforestation gifts to 
One Tree Planted.
DEFORESTATION-FREE 
SUPPLY CHAINS
We recognise the importance of 
combating deforestation in high-risk 
global supply chains. To assess potential 
risks within our supply chains and ensure 
compliance with the incoming EU 
Deforestation Regulation (EUDR),  
we are working closely with our suppliers 
to understand their due diligence 
and sourcing practices to prevent 
deforestation among key commodities 
and materials. 
WATER STEWARDSHIP 
Whilst the impact of  water use from our 
direct operations is minimal due to our 
outsourced business model, covering 
just the four Fever-Tree offices, we 
recognise our responsibility to ensure 
water stewardship across our supply 
chains. Historically, we have championed 
water stewardship with our co-packers 
to maximise efficiencies and minimise 
water waste in the manufacturing process. 
Building on this, in 2024 we worked to 
evolve our water strategy to formalise our 
water risk assessment approach, including 
assessing drought, flooding and water 
quality risks in manufacturing and raw 
material sourcing catchments. 
We know that conserving the earth 
plays a crucial role in sourcing 
the highest quality ingredients 
for our drinks.
The Conservation branch refers to our contributions towards environmental protection, water stewardship 
and biodiversity restoration.
 CONSERVATION
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
52

DIRECT MANUFACTURER?
HIGH WATER RISK IN CATCHMENT?
HIGH WATER RISK IN CATCHMENT?
HIGH  
VOLUMES?
HIGH  
VOLUMES?
PRIORITY 1
PRIORITY 2
PRIORITY 3
DEPRIORITISE
DEPRIORITISE
DEPRIORITISE
DEPRIORITISE
BELOW 
AVERAGE WATER 
EFFICIENCY 
RATIO?
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Winners at the 2024 
Drinks Sustainability 
Awards 
Fever-Tree was recognised with the 
Stakeholder Engagement Award at the 
Footprint 2024 Drinks Sustainability 
Awards for our partnership with Mitchells 
& Butlers (M&B) and Earthwatch.  
To date, we’ve worked to support 251 
Tiny Forests, surpassing our target of  220 
by 2025, and engaged 925 Tree Keepers. 
This year, we’ve been working to raise 
consumer engagement through an on-
menu donation to Earthwatch with every 
sale of  our Peach and Pineapple Spritz at 
All Bar One venues across the UK. We’ve 
also been encouraging staff  to support 
planting and monitoring events, and 
engaging the media and influencers in 
conservation via sustainability-focused sip 
and dine events. In 2024, we sold 13,465 
Peach & Pineapple Spritz serves, raising 
an additional £3,366, taking our total 
fundraising efforts for the Tiny Forest 
movement to over £78,000 and counting.
We are immensely proud of  this 
three-year journey, having progressed 
significantly since funding the inaugural 
Tiny Forest in London in 2021. This 
award underscores our collective efforts 
to empower communities to connect with 
nature by highlighting the significance 
of  biodiversity and supporting urban 
ecosystems. Some of  the additional funds 
raised from the All Bar One serve this 
year have already been utilised to plant 
1,000 daffodil bulbs, 1,000 snowdrop 
bulbs, and 700 snake’s head fritillary bulbs 
at the entrance to Hammersmith Park. 
WE HAVE RAISED
£78,000
 for Tiny Forests through our 
partnership with Mitchells & Butlers
We engaged external environmental 
risk experts to conduct an analysis of 
the water risks faced across our supply 
chain. Their assessment looked at three 
different water risk indicators using the 
WWF Water Risk Filter database at the 
country-level: water scarcity, flooding 
and water quality. 
  READ MORE ABOUT THE DETAILED  
WATER RISK ANALYSIS WITHIN OUR  
TCFD SUMMARY – PAGE 42
Across all co-packers, we have obtained 
information on their water stewardship 
activities and gathered water datapoints 
from the factories, enabling us to assess 
catchment-based needs and their water 
efficiency ratios. Using this information, 
plus the assessment of  the three water 
indicators, this year we developed a 
risk-based approach to manage water 
stewardship across our supply chain, 
integrating country-level water risk  
data with operational risk at stake. 
Each group is associated with a  
differing requirement for supplier 
engagement. In 2025, we will engage 
priority Category 1 co-packers with our 
expectations of  water stewardship. 
We will support them by directing  
them to available resources and 
guidance, if  required, and tracking 
ongoing progress through sustainability 
balanced scorecards in supplier QBRs. 
For Category 2 ingredient suppliers, we 
are working to advance our supply chain 
mapping granularity, gathering data on 
priority farm locations to conduct more 
detailed basin-level risk assessments 
which will shape our engagement  
going forwards.
Looking ahead
BY 2025, WE AIM TO HAVE 
SUPPORTED 220 TINY FORESTS, 
ENGAGING 1,200 TREE KEEPERS WITH 
BIODIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION
ENGAGE PRIORITY SUPPLIERS ON 
WATER STEWARDSHIP AND IMPACT 
MEASUREMENT
IMPLEMENT WATER-SAVING 
MEASURES IN FEVER-TREE OFFICES
 CONSERVATION
SUPPLIER SEGMENTATION FOR WATER STEWARDSHIP
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
53

 COLLEAGUES
SUSTAINABILITY continued
Our employees are 
the key ingredient to  
Fever-Tree’s success.
The Colleagues branch outlines our efforts to foster a supportive, diverse and inclusive work environment  
where everyone feels valued and respected, with access to the resources they need to thrive.
Highlights
INTERNAL DEI TARGETS IDENTIFIED
DEI WORKING GROUPS FORMALLY 
SET UP ACROSS OUR KEY MARKETS
ESTABLISHED “GREEN TEAM” 
EMPLOYEE RESOURCE GROUP
EMPLOYEE UNCONSCIOUS BIAS 
TRAINING LAUNCHED
CHARITY APPRENTICESHIP 
PARTNERSHIP IN 3RD YEAR
GLOBAL EMPLOYEE VOLUNTEERING 
OPPORTUNITIES OFFERED
COLLEAGUES
SUPPORTING SDGS
WELLBEING 
At Fever-Tree, we are dedicated to 
promoting the everyday wellbeing of 
our staff. This year, we conducted an 
Internal Colleague Pulse Survey to 
anonymously take stock of  employee 
sentiment at work, pulling the  
following results:
95%
OF RESPONDENTS AGREE THEY HAVE 
POSITIVE RELATIONSHIPS AT WORK
94%
OF RESPONDENTS AGREE THEY HAVE 
A SENSE OF PERSONAL INVESTMENT 
IN THEIR ROLE
90%
OF RESPONDENTS AGREE THEY ARE 
ENTHUSIASTIC ABOUT THEIR JOB
85%
OF RESPONDENTS AGREE THEY RECEIVE 
RECOGNITION & PRAISE FOR THEIR WORK
SUPPORTING POLICY 
 
•  FEVER-TREE’S DIVERSITY, EQUITY AND INCLUSION POLICY
•  FEVER-TREE’S RESPONSIBLE MARKETING POLICY
LEARN MORE ABOUT OUR COMMITMENTS  –  www.fever-tree.com/sustainability-resources 
Alongside hobby groups such as  
running, tennis and book clubs,  
2024 saw the expansion of  our  
Learning and Development offering, 
with the introduction of  ‘The 
Treehouse’, our new global learning 
management system. This has brought 
together global teams and improved 
colleague visibility on the total training 
package, as well as centralised and 
improved reporting on all essential 
training such as compliance, technology 
and people. Finally, we offer mental 
health first aid training, having 
accredited fifteen employees across  
the company. These activities are 
integral to our company culture, 
contributing to employee engagement 
and overall wellbeing.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
54

DIVERSITY, EQUITY AND INCLUSION
Looking ahead
CROSS-INDUSTRY ‘RAISING THE 
GLASS’ MENTORING PROGRAMME 
DEVELOPMENT
UNCONSCIOUS BIAS TRAINING  
TO BE EXTENDED TO ALL  
EMPLOYEES BY END 2025
 COLLEAGUES
GREEN TEAM 
2024 saw the introduction of  our  
eco-minded employee resource group, 
the “Green Team”, with representation 
from each of  our four Fever-Tree 
regions. It’s been fantastic to see 
colleagues from across the business 
joining forces, working together to drive 
environmental awareness and action. 
Examples of  Green Team-led activities 
this year include:
•	 Employee volunteering – we 
organised a range of  citizenship 
activities this year including river, 
beach and park clean ups in 
Sydney, London and New York; 
garden restoration in Munich; food 
redistribution support in Sydney  
& Munich; and bulb planting with  
Tiny Forests in London.
•	 Reducing wasted stock – from  
Sydney to London, the Green Team 
has been working hard to redistribute 
excess best-before-end stock to 
local food distribution charities – 
OzHarvest & FareShare. Not only  
are we fuelling the thirsty, but we  
also benefit from the avoided  
disposal and logistics costs.
•	 Employee Unconscious Bias  
training launched
•	 Charity apprenticeship partnership  
in 3rd year 
•	 Global employee volunteering 
opportunities offered
•	 Revitalising wardrobes – we held a 
clothes swap for colleagues to refresh 
their wardrobes in a way that’s both 
easy on the pocket and the planet. 
BELONGING & ENGAGEMENT
Manages a series of  events and 
celebrations designed to cultivate an 
inclusive culture that embraces our 
team’s diversity, while promoting 
creativity and wellbeing.
DATA & ANALYTICS 
Gathers and analyses data on employee 
composition and engagement, providing 
recommendations for improvement.
GOVERNANCE & TRAINING
Evaluates the full employee lifecycle to 
identify initiatives and improvements 
aimed at attracting and retaining top 
talent, while supporting individuals in 
reaching their full potential.
EXTERNAL COMMUNITY 
Works to align with our broader 
ESG goals, ensuring that our  
external stakeholders are represented 
and engaged.
In 2023, we established the Fever-Tree Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) 
Committee to ensure that we responsibly represent the needs of  our employees 
and wider stakeholders, and drive meaningful progress across the DEI agenda in 
all regions. The DEI Committee is structured by the following four workstreams:
Last year, we set a target for 100% 
of  management to complete DEI 
training by end 2025 – as of 
December 2024, we were at 96%, 
and will roll this out to all employees 
in the coming year. We have over 
eight optional DEI-related training 
courses available on The Treehouse, 
including ‘Inclusive Recruiting’, 
‘Inclusive Management’ and 
‘Neurodiversity at Work’. 
On a global scale, we’ve seen great 
participation in events such as a 
panel discussion for International 
Women’s Day, a Pride-themed quiz 
night, a Black History movie night, 
Diwali celebrations, guest speakers, 
informative webinars, and external 
mentoring events. We have also 
started working with Stonewall this 
year, a leading LGBTQ+ charity, 
to enhance inclusivity and support 
within our workplace.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
55

The Group delivered a 
strong improvement in 
gross margin in 2024.”
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer
FINANCIAL REVIEW
The Group delivered 
4% year-on-year growth in 
Fever-Tree brand revenue at 
constant currency against a 
challenging trading backdrop.
The brand performed strongly in the US 
and Rest of  the World (ROW) markets, 
with constant currency revenue growth 
of  12% and 22%, respectively. In the 
US, Fever-Tree grew market share 
against the competition and extended 
its number one position in the Tonic 
and Ginger Beer categories, while 
the ROW market benefited from the 
successful establishment of  the Fever-
Tree Australia subsidiary operation. In 
the UK and Europe, whilst performance 
was impacted by a subdued category 
backdrop and adverse weather, the 
Group continued to make strategic 
progress, launching new products, 
driving growth across its non-tonic 
portfolio and maintaining its leadership 
position in premium mixers.
Building on the proactive steps that have 
been taken over recent years, the Group 
delivered a strong recovery in gross 
margin in 2024, improving by  
540 basis points to 37.5% (2023: 32.1%), 
while operating expenditure (excluding 
exceptional items) remained consistent 
at 23.8% of  Group revenue (2023: 
23.7%). After recognition of  £5.0 
million of  exceptional items, the Group 
delivered a 66.0% increase in adjusted 
EBITDA to £50.7m (2023: £30.5m) and 
an improvement in adjusted EBITDA 
margin to 13.7% (2023: 8.4%).
Working capital management was a key 
focus in 2024 as we looked to leverage 
our global operations technology 
programme. Working capital improved 
to 20.3% of  revenue (2023: 28.5%), 
delivering a significant increase in 
operating cash flow conversion to 149.8% 
(2023: 15.2%). As a result, cash held 
increased by 60.2% to £96.0 million 
(2023: £59.9 million). As a reflection 
of  continued confidence in the strength 
of  the Group’s balance sheet, the Board 
recommends a final dividend of  11.12 
pence per share, an increase of  2.0% 
year-on-year. 
We are confident that the improvements 
we continue to drive in our global 
supply chain capability, procurement 
processes and operating business models 
are combining to forge a stronger, more 
resilient operating platform for the Group 
that will not only help to mitigate the 
on-going challenges of  macroeconomic 
and geopolitical volatility, but also deliver 
further margin recovery over time, and 
most importantly, allow us to capitalise 
on the global potential of  the brand in 
years to come.
Further to this, the post period 
end announcement of  the strategic 
partnership with Molson Coors in the 
US will allow the Group to leverage 
the expertise, scale and total beverage 
ambition of  Molson Coors to deliver 
against an ever-broadening opportunity 
for Fever-Tree in our key growth market. 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
56

The partnership also provides the 
platform for upweighted US brand 
investment in the near term and strong 
margin improvement in the medium 
term as production is on-shored, all 
underscored by a reduction in the 
working capital required to deliver the 
US opportunity, which will now be 
funded by Molson Coors. 
This exciting development for the 
Group is testament to the value of  the 
Fever-Tree brand and its increasing 
relevance to both alcohol and non-
alcoholic occasions in regions across 
the globe. It is a reminder of  the 
versatility and cash-generative nature 
of  our asset-light outsourced business 
model and underscores the importance 
of  our committed strategy to prioritise 
innovation, investment and long 
term stewardship of  the brand whilst 
navigating the volatile macroeconomic 
and geopolitical environment over 
recent years.
GROSS MARGIN
The Group delivered a strong 
improvement in gross margin in 2024 
to 37.5% (2023: 32.1%). This result 
was testament to work that has been 
undertaken over several years to drive 
operational improvements. 
1  Expanding our production  
footprint: establishing capacity 
closer to our key growth markets to 
minimise transport costs, optimise 
our inventory holdings and facilitate 
quicker reactions to market 
dynamics. 
	–
Work performed to bring  
local Australian production 
online in 2025.
	–
Strategic partnership with 
Molson Coors announced post 
period end provides a roadmap 
to onshoring US production over 
the medium term and will allow 
the Group to leverage Molson 
Coors’ operational expertise and 
significant economies of  scale
2  Optimising our existing footprint: 
working closely with our current 
partners to drive efficiency and 
effectiveness as we manage our 
complexity. 
	–
Leveraged our new 
technology platform to 
consolidate volumes across 
key UK bottling and canning 
partners, driving improved run 
sizes and optimised pricing 
3  Procurement: leveraging our global 
scale, widening and on-shoring 
our supplier base and ensuring our 
contracts are calibrated for both 
the current disruptive environment 
and our longer term growth as 
we scale through our regionalised 
production footprint. 
	–
Worked in partnership with 
our new primary glass supplier 
following the 2023 tender process 
to deliver on-going improvements 
and an effective energy hedging 
strategy
4  Technology: underpinning all of  the 
above is a wide-ranging programme 
to embed technology across our 
global operations that will give us 
best in class ways of  working, data 
and insights to manage near term 
disruption, as well as underpinning 
our future growth. 
	–
Continued to embed 
technology improvements 
across global operations to 
implement best-in-class practices, 
manage disruptions, improve 
working capital and underpin 
future growth 
These initiatives have been delivered across four key areas:
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
57

FINANCIAL REVIEW continued
The Group is committed  
to a progressive dividend 
policy.”
OPERATING EXPENDITURE
Adjusted underlying operating expenses 
rose by 1.4% in 2024 to £87.7 million 
(2023: £86.5 million), remaining in line 
with prior years at 23.8% of  Group 
revenue (2023: 23.7%). Marketing spend 
increased marginally to 9.4% (2023: 
9.2%) of  brand revenue, whilst staff 
costs and other overheads were flat as  
a percentage of  revenue at14.8%  
(2023: 14.8%).
The improvement in gross margin 
alongside a consistent level of  operating 
expenditure delivered a strong recovery 
in adjusted EBITDA margin to 13.7% 
(2023: 8.4%) and a 66.0% increase in 
adjusted EBITDA to £50.7 million.
The Group recognised exceptional items 
of  £5.0 million in 2024 (2023: £nil) 
relating to the US. This includes  
£4.3 million in costs from winding down 
the primary US bottling relationship and 
£0.7 million in advisory fees incurred 
ahead of  announcing the strategic 
partnership with Molson Coors. 
Depreciation charges were £6.5 
million (2023: 6.3 million), with 
amortisation increasing to £3.1 million 
(2023: £1.7 million) as we began the 
amortisation of  the global operations 
technology programme and invested in 
a water licence at our key UK bottling 
partner, providing access to local spring 
water. Share-based payments rose to 
£3.3 million (2023: £1.7 million). 
Following these movements, the  
Group delivered an 57.1% increase in 
operating profit, to £32.8 million  
(2023: £20.8 million).
TAX
Effective current tax on profits relating 
to the current period was 25.1% (2023: 
18.5%). The balance of  the effective 
tax rate is made up of  current tax 
adjustments relating to prior periods  
and deferred tax impacts. 
EARNINGS PER SHARE
The basic earnings per share are 20.90 
pence (2023: 13.20 pence), and diluted 
earnings per share are 20.85 pence 
(2023: 13.18 pence).
In order to compare earnings per 
share year on year, earnings have been 
adjusted to exclude amortisation and 
exceptional items. The UK statutory tax 
rates have been applied to these earnings 
to calculate a comparable post tax profit. 
On this basis, normalised earnings per 
share for 2024 are 28.01 pence (2023: 
15.37 pence), an increase of  82.3% from 
2023’s (see note 10 of  the Consolidated 
Financial Statements on page 126).
BALANCE SHEET AND 
WORKING CAPITAL
Working capital improvement was a 
key focus throughout 2024. The most 
significant improvement came from a 
decrease in inventory to £45.8 million 
(2023: £67.6 million), driven by 
inventory management optimisations 
and a reduction in the cost of 
inventory held.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
58

Trade and other receivables reduced as a 
percentage of  revenue to £86.1 million 
(2023: £91.5 million). The ageing profile 
of  trade receivables remained consistent, 
and the Group continues to manage 
credit risk closely through proactive 
customer engagement and appropriate 
levels of  credit insurance. Trade and 
other payables also improved to  
£57.0 million (2023: £55.3 million).
These improvements drove a significant 
reduction in net working capital of 
£28.9 million to £74.9 million (2023: 
£103.8 million), improving to 20.3% 
of  Group revenue (2023: 28.5%). This 
improvement, alongside the 66.0% 
increase in adjusted EBITDA, resulted 
in cash generated from operations 
increasing to 149.8% (2023: 15.2%).
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
Capital expenditure additions  
were £14.1 million in 2024 (2023:  
£9.8 million). Tangible fixed asset 
additions remain low and included 
investment in reusable packaging in 
Germany. Intangible asset additions 
included a water licence of  £3.5 million 
for the provision of  new local spring 
water source at our primary UK  
bottling partner and expenditures 
of  £7.3 million related to our global 
operations technology programme and 
innovation projects. Overall intangible 
asset additions were £10.8 million  
(2023: £7.0 million), with capital 
expenditure expected to reduce in 2025. 
CASH POSITION
The improvement in working capital  
and increase in adjusted EBITDA led  
to significant cash generation, resulting 
in net inflows of  £36.1 million and a  
year-end balance of  £96.0 million 
(2023: £59.9 million), an increase of 
60.2% year on year. 
The Group’s Capital Allocation 
framework remains unchanged.  
We intend to retain sufficient cash for 
investment opportunities, primarily 
in operational expenditure, including 
increased marketing spend in growth 
regions. We are also vigilant regarding 
M&A opportunities that would further 
assist with the delivery of  our strategy. 
Where the Board considers there to be 
surplus cash held on the Balance Sheet  
it will consider additional distributions 
to shareholders.
DIVIDEND
The Group is committed to a progressive 
dividend policy, recommending a final 
dividend of  11.12 pence per share for 
2024 (2023: 10.90 pence), bringing the 
total to 16.97 pence (2023: 16.64 pence). 
If  approved at the AGM on 5th of  June 
2025, the final dividend will be paid on 
20th of  June 2025 to shareholders on the 
register on 16th of  May 2025.
POST PERIOD EVENTS
On January 30, 2025, Fever-Tree and 
Molson Coors announced a long-term 
strategic partnership, granting Molson 
Coors exclusive rights to sell, distribute, 
and produce the Fever-Tree brand in 
the United States under a new license 
agreement starting February 1, 2025.
As part of  this collaboration, Molson 
Coors acquired an 8.5% stake in 
Fevertree Drinks plc (post-issue) for 
consideration of  £71.0 million and to 
assist with the transition of  operations, 
acquired the local trading entity 
Fevertree USA Inc for consideration of 
$23.9 million in cash. 
Following this announcement,  
Fever-Tree initiated a share buyback 
programme in February 2025 of  up to 
£71 million, which we are extending 
by a further £29 million, subject to 
shareholder approval at the upcoming 
AGM, leveraging the Group’s strong 
balance sheet and further improved 
prospects for cash flow generation 
resulting from this strategic partnership.
The aforementioned events are non-
adjusting events as at 31 December 2024.
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
The Group monitors its performance 
through several key indicators.  
These are formulated at Board meetings 
and reviewed at both an operational  
and Board level. Progress against these 
key indicators was closely monitored 
during the year. 
REVENUE GROWTH %
Group revenue growth was
+1.1%
(2023: +5.8%)
GROSS MARGIN %
In 2024 the Group achieved an  
adjusted gross margin of
37.5%
(2023: 32.1%)
ADJUSTED EBITDA MARGIN %
In 2024 the Group achieved an  
adjusted EBITDA margin of
13.7%
(2023: 8.4%)
 
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
59

AUDIT COMMITTEE
Review risk framework.
PLC RISK COMMITTEE
Review risk register.
FT PLC BOARD
Accountable for PLC risks – review and 
ratify risk register.
FUNCTION AREA RISK COMMITTEES
Develop, maintain and review risk register.
Monitoring emerging or 
changing risks
Risk escalation
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
Managing Risk 
We recognise that maximising our potential and growth 
opportunities in accordance with our strategy requires a robust 
and effective risk management framework. Our approach to 
managing risk is simple and practical. 
The Audit Committee, under delegated authority from the Board, oversees our internal controls and risk 
management framework, including reviewing the controls in place to mitigate any potential adverse impacts. 
The Board is ultimately responsible for facilitating the effective identification, evaluation, management and mitigation 
of  risks for the Group. This is supported by sub-Committee’s for each functional area, which feed into a PLC Risk 
Committee, that then consolidates the most significant risks across each area to form the Group’s risk register,  
as per the governance structure illustrated below.
Each functional area of  the Group is 
tasked with managing and monitoring the 
most significant risks in their area. A risk 
management toolkit is in place to support 
this process, which is a continual process, 
as illustrated. When we look at risks, we 
specifically consider the effects they could 
have on our business model, our culture 
and our long-term strategic objectives. 
We consider both short‑term and long-
term risks, as well as environmental, 
social and governance risks. Each risk 
is independently quantified against set 
criteria, considering both the likelihood 
of  occurrence and the potential impact 
on the Group both before and after the 
application of  mitigation measures  
and controls. 
We then compare these residual 
risks to the Group’s risk appetite to 
assess whether any further actions or 
mitigation measures are required to 
manage and reduce the risk exposure. 
These assessments are recorded in a 
risk register, which are maintained and 
monitored at both a sub-Committee 
and PLC level.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
60

IDENTIFY RISKS
MONITOR RISKS
EVALUATE RISK
ASSESS AGAINST 
RISK APPETITE
IDENTIFY FURTHER 
MITIGATING ACTIONS
In addition, the Board receives 
presentations from different departments 
within the Group on an ongoing basis 
to keep the Board informed on strategic 
and operational performance, and 
conducts an annual deep dive to review 
the controls in place to mitigate risks 
faced by the Group.
An overview of  the principal risks  
facing Fever-Tree is summarised on  
the following pages. The Board’s 
assessment of  the long-term viability  
of  the Group is also reviewed annually 
and more detail on this can be found in 
the Audit Committee Report on pages 
78 to 81.
The Board sets out below the principal 
risks and uncertainties that the Directors 
consider could impact the business. This 
list is not intended to be an exhaustive 
list of  all the risks faced by the business.
The Board recognises that the nature 
and scope of  risks can change and that 
there are other risks to which the Group 
is exposed. 
POLITICAL AND CONSUMER ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT – MACROECONOMIC VOLATILITY  
DESCRIPTION OF RISK 
Global inflationary pressures, cost of living crisis in the UK, ongoing conflict in Ukraine and the Middle East, tariffs being potentially introduced or increased  
between certain countries, and wider political uncertainty has created an ongoing heightened risk of a worsening of economic conditions in the Group’s key 
geographic markets. 
IMPACT OF RISK 
A worsening of the conditions outlined above and 
associated disruption could lead to further input  
cost inflation and reduced consumer confidence. 
Input cost inflationary pressures across categories  
will impact the Group’s margins and profitability.  
The instability in Ukraine and the Middle East is having 
an ongoing impact on shipping routes and pricing, as 
well as energy pricing and availability with a number of 
potential impacts, including: increased shipping costs, 
delays and/or unavailability of shipping due to conflict 
in the Middle East impacting the Suez Canal, potential 
disruption to glass manufacturing due to availability of 
gas for production lines, increases in the cost of glass 
bottles, increases in gas costs impacting the availability 
and cost of CO2, the ability of On-Trade outlets 
to continue trading, and more widely, can impact 
consumer confidence and discretionary spending. 
Furthermore, as a result of 2024 having a very high 
number of national elections globally, there is a 
heightened risk of changes in foreign policy, which 
may lead to (i) new or increased tariffs which could 
be impactful due to the majority of the Group’s 
production residing in the UK; and (ii) increased local 
regulations which the Group will need to comply 
with. Reduced consumer confidence and spending 
could impact demand for products and affect the 
Group’s ability to increase or maintain the prices of 
its products in its key markets and therefore mitigate 
the impact to profitability of input cost inflationary 
pressures. In more mature markets where the Group is 
a market leader, it may be more exposed to downturns 
in consumer confidence than it was during phases of 
accelerated growth and rapid gains in market share. 
ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK 
The Group’s outsourced business model provides a strong degree of operational flexibility which underpins 
an ability to adapt our business operations to address and mitigate disruption caused by conflict, gas 
availability, input price pressure and more. In addition to this, the Group has, where possible, built 
contingency stocks of raw materials, packaging and finished goods across its UK, US, European and Rest of 
World regions. The Group continues to work on a number of strategic initiatives which will help to mitigate 
the impact of supply chain disruption and on-going inflationary pressures, with the strategic partnership in 
the US with Molson Coors, which was announced after year end, being an example. 
The Group continues to work on improving both pricing with suppliers and security of supply as we plan 
ahead for the future. The Group has several long-term agreements with suppliers to give more control over 
security of supply and medium- to long-term pricing, in addition we have entered into hedging agreements 
on core input commodities within these contracts to further protect our pricing from volatility. 
The positioning of the Group’s products as an affordable luxury alongside its diverse customer, channel and 
regional mix would be expected to mitigate the impact at Group level of worsening economic conditions 
on consumer demand in specific markets. There is also an expectation that the Group will be in a position to 
increase pricing to different degrees across markets whilst maintaining its relative price point to the competition.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
61

COMPETITION  
 
DESCRIPTION OF RISK 
The Group continues to face competition from other beverage companies in the mixer category. This could intensify in the Group’s core markets through other 
companies further increasing focus and investment in their existing brands, introducing their own brands or acquiring local brands. 
In the UK, the Group’s priority is to continue to grow in the face of aggressive pricing policies and marketing strategies from its competitors, who are focused on 
taking share from the brand. Outside of the UK, the Group’s emphasis remains on continuing to capitalise on its first mover advantage in the vast majority of markets, 
to drive category growth and increased market share by building brand and category awareness and further catalysing the long-standing consumer trends towards 
premiumisation and long mixed drinks. 
IMPACT OF RISK 
Increased competition and unanticipated actions by 
competitors could lead to a decline in the Group’s 
market share or pressure on pricing and marketing 
spend, which may have an adverse effect on the 
Group’s profitability and hinder its growth potential.
ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK 
The Group has consistently faced strong, robust competition over its lifetime, from both large multinationals 
and more focused, copycat local brands. The Group’s first mover advantage in almost all of its markets, 
product quality, brand strength and diverse territorial, channel, customer and product mix all combine to 
mitigate the risk of increased competition affecting overall Group performance. The Group continues to 
invest significantly in product innovation, finding and securing the best sales forces and operational personnel 
and identifying the optimum supply and distribution partners for each of the Group’s markets so that it is 
best placed to deal with competitive challenges. The Group’s available levels of investment aids its ability 
to defend and react to competitor actions whilst the challenging on-going macroeconomic conditions are 
weighing more heavily on the Group’s smaller competitors who may not have the same strength of balance 
sheet or procurement scale to continue to invest strongly in the opportunity. As a result of all of these 
factors, the Group has continued to grow its market share within the mixer category across regions whilst  
it has seen a number of its competitors lose share, pull back from investment and face de-listings.
SUPPLY CHAIN – BUSINESS CONTINUITY  
 
DESCRIPTION OF RISK 
The Group operates an asset-light, outsourced business model, working with third party bottlers, canners, logistics and distribution partners. In addition, the Group 
is dependent on the supply of a number of key ingredients for its products, such as quinine and fresh green ginger, for which there are a limited number of suppliers. 
Direct material costs (which include the costs of raw materials such as sugar and packaging materials, including glass) represent the largest component of the Group’s 
cost of sales. 
The Group could be affected if there were a significant disruption to any of the Group’s key raw material suppliers, production, storage, or distribution partners,  
or to the wider global supply chain market, as has happened in recent years. 
Further, commodity price changes may result in increases in the cost of raw materials, packaging, and logistics for the Group’s products due to a variety of factors 
outside the Group’s control. 
Following the announcement of the strategic partnership with Molson Coors in US post year end, the Group will experience an increased reliance on UK production 
for the US market in the short term before the on-shoring of local US production by Molson Coors, which should have a positive medium and long term impact.
IMPACT OF RISK 
In the event of such disruption the Group may not 
be able to arrange for alternative supply, production, 
storage, or distribution on as favourable terms, 
or with sufficient speed to ensure continuity of 
business, impacting both revenue and cost of sales.
ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK 
In 2024 the Group worked with 10 different bottling/canning partners, across UK, continental Europe, and the 
US. In 2024, a new canning line was installed at one of our UK partners, and in 2025, local production will start 
in Australia. This footprint of bottlers, as well as additional local capabilities in key markets, allows the Group 
to absorb capacity requirements for long term future growth and shorter-term unbudgeted growth. 
The Group also works with multiple glass suppliers and wherever possible retains contingency levels of glass 
to cover unexpected shortages of supply. In addition, the Group maintains a buffer stock of key ingredients 
and raw materials to allow sufficient time to reformulate in the event of disruption to supply. We continue  
to hold buffer stocks of key ingredients such as quinine and ginger to mitigate disruption. 
At a macro level there has been ongoing inflation in raw material and logistics costs. To mitigate against this, 
the Group has several long-term agreements with suppliers to give more control over security of supply and 
medium to long-term pricing. As part of these long-term contracts we have entered into several hedging 
agreements on the largest input commodities such as natural gas and aluminium further mitigating potential 
volatility. The Group may look to mitigate the impact of rises by increasing its sales price to distributors and 
customers where appropriate. 
The Group also takes out and maintains business interruption insurance to mitigate the financial risk of any 
potential disruption in supply. 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
62

SUPPLY CHAIN – INCONSISTENT QUALITY OR CONTAMINATION OF THE GROUP’S PRODUCTS   
 
DESCRIPTION OF RISK 
The quality of the Group’s products is a key component of Fever-Tree’s brand strength. The Group’s products are produced by a network of outsourced production 
contract manufacturers based around the world, and the products include key ingredients sourced from multiple suppliers. The network of different bottling partners 
and ingredients suppliers must combine to consistently deliver products of the highest quality which are safe for consumption by Fever-Tree’s consumers.
IMPACT OF RISK 
A lack of consistency in the quality of products or 
contamination of the Group’s products, whether 
occurring accidentally or through deliberate 
third-party action, could harm the integrity of, 
or consumer support for, the brand. A significant 
product liability issue or a widespread product 
recall could negatively impact the reputation of the 
affected product and/or the Group’s brand for a 
period of time depending on product availability, 
competitive reaction, and consumer attitudes. Even 
if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not 
fully pursued, resulting negative publicity could 
adversely affect the Group’s reputation and brand 
image, which may have a material adverse effect on 
the Group.
ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK 
Our manufacturing partners are accredited, high quality operators with excellent QA levels and our Technical 
and Quality Director runs a rigorous due diligence process when on-boarding any new bottlers/canners 
alongside an on-going supplier quality management programme. The Group maintains localised resource in 
key regions within its technical team to support regional production and suppliers by conducting in-person 
site visits and audits. 
Key management are regularly trained on crisis management. Alongside this, the Group periodically 
undertakes crisis challenge simulation exercises with external consultants to provide a test of processes and 
crisis team ways of working. 
The Group has also undertaken work on its communication strategy in the event of a product issue arising 
with the help of external advisers. The Group also takes out and maintains product liability and recall 
insurance to mitigate the potential financial risk of a product quality issue arising.
ENVIRONMENTAL   
 
DESCRIPTION OF RISK 
As the Group grows, we are increasingly mindful of the potential for our operations to have an impact on the wider environment. Failure to identify areas for 
improvement and/or current risks in our supply chain not only could have a negative impact on the environment but also the brand’s public perception. Equally, 
changes in the wider environment driven by climate change represent a potential risk to the Group’s ability to source ingredients from around the world, as well  
as potentially impacting our ability to produce our products. The Group is seeing increased regulations in this area in core markets.
IMPACT OF RISK 
A shortage of ingredients due to a poor annual 
harvest or further supply constraints resulting from 
climate changes over time could impact our ability 
to produce and sell our products. Regulatory or 
consumer perception shifts could have a marked 
impact on our supply chain, brand reputation and 
packaging formats in future years and/or require 
incremental future investment to comply with,  
and meet them, respectively.
ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK 
Climate risk analysis is conducted biannually by the Global Sustainability team (via an annual deep dive, 
supplemented by a lighter touch reflection on any key changes after six months) and submitted to the Risk 
Committee upon review by the ESG Committee. The ESG Committee also monitors relevant changes in the 
regulatory environment and works with the business to ensure these changes are complied with.
In 2024, Fever-Tree conducted a scenario analysis of the climate related risks and opportunities, which was 
aligned to TCFD requirements. The result of this can be found on pages 42 to 46. The output of the scenario 
modelling will be incorporated into the ESG risk register and used to inform whether further development  
of resilience strategies would be required. 
No material issues or weaknesses in the organisation’s strategy have been identified for the short-term, 
however a series of resilience strategies have been established to mitigate specific climate-related risks
We have preliminary Science Based Targets Initiative approved operational carbon reduction targets, set 
in line with the latest climate science necessary to meet the goals of the Paris Agreement and limit the 
global temperature increase to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels. Following a full corporate carbon footprint 
analysis this year, we shall be building on this by establishing a net zero science-based target in 2025, with 
a value chain decarbonisation glidepath incoming. Read more about our decarbonisation efforts and plans 
under the Climate branch of the Sustainability section of this Annual Report on pages 34 to 36. 
We have developed a series of actions to grant greater resilience to climate-related risks, which can be found 
in our TCFD report (under Fever-Tree’s Mitigating Actions on pages 44 and 45) – including measures such as 
Procurement Diversification, Business Continuity Management, and Supply Chain Engagement. More detail  
on the climate risk analysis can be found on pages 42 to 46.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
63

SOCIAL AND ETHICAL   
DESCRIPTION OF RISK 
The Group and components of its supply chain operate in certain international markets which may have inherent risks relating to enforcement of obligations,  
cultural differences, respect for human rights, security of staff, lawful working conditions, fraud, bribery and corruption. Over the past year, Fever-Tree has enhanced 
the level of work performed on human rights and responsible sourcing due diligence, including audits on key suppliers, which has provided greater assurance over  
the supply chain.
IMPACT OF RISK 
An increased focus on social and ethical issues from 
regulators, consumers and investors and any form 
of non-compliance or poor governance in this area 
could have a significant negative impact on the 
brand as well as the Group’s operations.
ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK 
As a minimum, we expect suppliers to link with us on Sedex (a supply chain monitoring tool) and sign our 
Social, Ethical, and Environmental Business Policy, which outlines the employment standards we expect 
from our partners, as well as requirements relating to the compliance, health and safety and environmental 
practices within their businesses. These standards adhere to the United Nations International Labour 
Organization (ILO) conventions, the United Nations Business Council’s Guiding Principles (UNGP) and are 
aligned with the Ethical Trade Initiative (ETI)’s Base Code. We also set out the expectations that we uphold 
Fever-Tree to in our Human Rights Policy.
In addition, our Technical team conduct regular audits, site visits and traceability exercises on our suppliers 
to monitor compliance with these standards and identify potential issues.
Finally, a supplier risk analysis framework and human rights due diligence strategy is in place, enabling us to 
pinpoint crucial suppliers, perform third party audits and prioritise management of potential risks linked to 
the production of key ingredients, whilst facilitating the cultivation of stronger connections with suppliers 
and growers. Read more about our supplier risk segmentation framework and human rights due diligence 
approach on page 38.
KEY MANAGEMENT   
 
DESCRIPTION OF RISK 
The Group’s success is linked to the efforts and abilities of key personnel and its ability to retain such personnel as well as attracting other highly skilled individuals. 
The executive management team, which includes one of the founders of the business, has significant experience in the industry and has made an important 
contribution to the Group’s growth and success.
IMPACT OF RISK 
Critically, this is a founder-led business and the loss 
of the services of the founder on the executive 
management team could have an adverse effect on 
the Group’s operations. Equally, the loss from the 
Group of a member of the executive management 
team could have an adverse effect on operations.
ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK 
The Remuneration committee sets appropriate remuneration packages for the executive to ensure they are 
incentivised to stay with the business. Investors and other stakeholders continue to attach importance to our 
remaining founder and other members of the executive team remaining actively involved in the business. As the 
Group and its workforce grows, dependence on these individuals’ contribution should gradually lessen. 
The Chief People Officer works to ensure the executive management team is appropriately remunerated against 
market rates, with additional LTIP performance incentives to encourage retention and high performance. Should 
any member of the executive management team leave, the ambition would be to identify an internal candidate 
as a replacement, but where that is not currently possible or appropriate, we would assess the current market 
for external candidates. 
As the Group grows, further work is being undertaken to preserve the business’s culture and ensure its purpose, 
strategy and values are well understood by the workforce.
IT  
 
DESCRIPTION OF RISK 
The Group uses information technology systems for the processing, transmission and storage of electronic data relating to its operations and financial reporting.  
A significant portion of communications among the Group’s personnel, customers and suppliers relies on the efficient performance of information technology 
systems. Owing to its outsourced model, the Group is also reliant on the proper functioning of IT systems at its major suppliers. The Group acknowledges that  
the incidence and sophistication of cyber-attacks across the industry has increased notably in recent times. Whilst the external threats remain high, the Group  
has enhanced the control environment and improved maturity over the past year, resulting in decreased net risk exposure.
IMPACT OF RISK 
If the Group, or any of its significant stakeholders 
or partners, were subject to a cyber-attack 
or other issue impacting the ability for its IT 
systems to effectively operate, this could have a 
material adverse effect on the Group’s operations, 
reputation and result in financial penalties. 
ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK 
The Technology Director, supported by an experienced team and strategic service partners, develop, monitor, 
protect, and continuously improve the security of our IT infrastructure. Guided by regular and thorough 
external assessments, penetration testing and vulnerability analysis, the Group ensures that good levels of 
protection and controls are in place to avoid exposure to known threats. 
A focussed IT Security strategy, plan and governance is in place to continually review and address key, known 
and emerging threats realised by: (i) monitoring the threat landscape, robustness of management controls and 
agreeing additional investment and improvements as required; (ii) an established 24/7 Security Operations 
Centre (iii) reviews, updates and compliance audits of employee and IT policies; (iv) security training to improve 
employee awareness and vigilance to security risk; (v) ongoing internal and external (key supplier) compliance 
audits and (vi) robust incident response, business continuity and disaster recovery plans and testing. 
The Group also has Cyber and Crime insurance policies in place which mitigate its financial exposure to these risks. 
PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES continued
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
64

 
100ML OF FEVER-TREE ESPRESSO MARTINI MIXER
50ML VODKA
PLENTY OF ICE
WATERTIGHT CONTAINER (COCKTAIL SHAKER, PROTEIN SHAKER, ETC)
COFFEE BEANS (OPTIONAL)
HERE ARE THREE SIMPLE STEPS TO MAKE  
THE PERFECT ESPRESSO MARTINI:
Step One: Fill your watertight container 3/4 full of  ice, add the vodka.
Step Two: Add Espresso Martini Mixer, seal and shake for 15 seconds.
Step Three: Strain into a martini glass, and garnish with coffee beans.
Top Tip: Shaking your drink for 15 seconds creates a beautiful foam  
and makes sure it’s cold.
THE HISTORY OF THE  
ESPRESSO MARTINI
Invented at Soho Brasserie in the 1980’s at the 
behest of a young fashion model, so the legend 
goes. Eager to keep her night alive, she famously 
asked a bartender, in so many words, for a cocktail 
that could stimulate, then inebriate, all in one.
That bartender was Dick Bradsell, an iconic figure 
who presided over the London cocktail scene for 
decades. Soho Brasserie had recently gotten an 
espresso machine installed. So Bradsell served her 
vodka, coffee liqueur, sugar, and a freshly pulled 
shot from the new machine, shaken over ice and 
fitted into a sultry martini glass.
Espresso Martini
ESPRESSO MARTINI MIXER
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
65

S.172 AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The following section sets out how the Directors have had regard to the matters listed in section 172(1) of  the Companies 
Act 2006 in exercising their duty to promote the success of  the Company for the benefit of  its members as a whole.
Section 172(1) factors 
Nature and impact of consideration 
A. 	THE LIKELY 
CONSEQUENCES OF 
ANY DECISION IN 
THE LONG TERM
The Board continues to focus on the long term opportunity available to the Company, and considers and approves the 
Company’s annual and long term strategic and operating plans. The Board, in setting the Company’s strategy, is mindful 
of both immediate as well as medium and long term opportunities available to the Company. 
In Q4, the Board participated in a dedicated multi-day strategy session, which had a focus on the future of the brand 
globally and the US and UK markets. During this strategy session, the Board were presented to by the Executive 
Directors and other members of the wider executive team on how work being done by the business fed into 
future strategic plans.
  	PLEASE REFER TO THE CHAIRMAN, CEO AND STRATEGY SECTIONS FOR EXAMPLES OF THE BOARD’S APPROACH 
TO THIS IN ACTION.
B.	 THE INTERESTS OF 
THE COMPANY’S 
EMPLOYEES
The Board is committed to considering the interests of employees in its decision-making processes. To achieve this, 
robust communication channels are in place to capture employee perspectives and priorities and ensure these are 
reflected in decision-making. The Company’s Chief People Officer regularly attends Board and Nomination Committee 
meetings, and the Chief People Officer, CEO, and Senior Independent Director report at least annually to the Board on 
internal culture and employee morale. 
During the year, informed by feedback from an employee engagement survey conducted in Q3 2023, the Board were 
pleased to hear about the successful implementation of a new training platform that included an expanded range of 
training offerings aimed at enhancing professional development opportunities. A further internal survey was conducted 
in Q4 2024 to build on this and better understand and address workforce needs, with plans implemented to action 
more constructive elements of the feedback, including a new approach to employee engagement and development 
built around three pillars – Recognition and Reward, Togetherness, and Career Progression – an initiative fully supported 
by the Board. 
Through efforts such as these, the Board ensures that employees remain front of mind for all major decisions. 
C.	 THE NEED TO  
FOSTER THE 
COMPANY’S BUSINESS 
RELATIONSHIPS WITH 
SUPPLIERS, CUSTOMERS 
AND OTHERS
The Board recognises that the Company’s suppliers, customers and consumers are the backbone of our business 
and that effective engagement with these stakeholders is key to successfully delivering the Company’s strategy. 
Performance updates are provided by the CEO and wider executive team at each meeting, allowing the Board to 
monitor progress and address key stakeholder concerns effectively. 
SUPPLIERS 
Given the Company’s outsourced business model, maintaining a strong and reliable network of suppliers is critical. 
The Board is regularly briefed on supply chain matters, including key supplier relationships, to ensure continuity and 
alignment with key strategic goals. During the year, the Board approved several long-term contracts with key bottling 
and canning partners and continued to support the Company’s internal digital transformation project to enhance the 
Company’s supply chain processes. 
CUSTOMERS 
Maintaining a strong network of distributors and customers is essential to driving growth, and maintaining strong 
relationships and fostering joint investment remains a priority for the Board. During the year, the Board supported 
investments in key partnerships, including (i) the establishment of new distribution relationships in New Zealand 
and Sweden, (ii) the extension of existing distribution relationships in markets such as Italy, Northern Ireland and the 
Republic of Ireland, (iii) brand partnerships such as our Christmas Cracker campaign with John Lewis, and (iv) a successful 
product collaboration with Mirabeau that demonstrated the breadth of opportunity available to premium mixers by 
extending our mixing expertise beyond spirits, through the launch of a new Rosé Wine Spritz. 
CONSUMERS 
The Board is regularly briefed on consumer needs by the CEO and Innovation team, ensuring the Company’s strategies 
align with market trends. During the year, the Board supported the continued expansion of our product portfolio, 
aimed at broadening our reach to target growth opportunities. In the UK, we continued our Limited Edition strategy to 
retain consumer loyalists and maintain advocacy in tonic by launching a new Summer Garden Tonic. We also extended 
our Cocktail Mixer Range in the UK by launching a Passionfruit Martini, in the US we added an Espresso Martini and 
Mojito product to the range, and in Canada we launched a Caesar Cocktail Mixer, all of which aimed to capitalise on the 
continued interest and demand for cocktails around the world. 
D.	 THE IMPACT OF 
THE COMPANY’S 
OPERATIONS ON  
THE COMMUNITY AND 
THE ENVIRONMENT 
The Board is briefed regularly by the External Affairs Director and Sustainability Manager on the Company’s efforts in 
the sustainability space, which continue to go from strength to strength. The Board is ultimately responsible for, and 
signs off on, all key decisions in this area. 
  	PLEASE REFER TO THE SUSTAINABILITY REPORT FOR A DETAILED SUMMARY OF OUR WORK IN THIS SPACE  – PAGE 30
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
66

Section 172(1) factors 
Nature and impact of consideration 
E.	 THE DESIRABILITY 
OF THE COMPANY 
MAINTAINING A 
REPUTATION FOR 
HIGH STANDARDS OF 
BUSINESS CONDUCT
The Board, and the Company as a whole, has a zero-tolerance approach to breaches of applicable laws and regulations. 
The Board is regularly updated by the Company Secretary and external advisers on legal and regulatory compliance topics. 
The Board and its Committees approve all material policies in the Group, including those linked to ethics and compliance. 
  	PLEASE REFER TO THE AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT FOR FURTHER 
INFORMATION.  – PAGES 72 AND 78
F.	 THE NEED TO ACT 
FAIRLY AS BETWEEN 
MEMBERS OF THE 
COMPANY
The Chair, the Executive Directors and the Investor Relations Director manage communications with our shareholders 
via the AGM and direct communications with shareholders. 
The Board continue to support the Company’s adherence to the UK Corporate Governance Code, which, alongside legal 
and regulatory requirements, helps to ensure that all members are treated fairly. 
  	PLEASE REFER TO THE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT FOR DETAILS OF HOW WE ENGAGE WITH SHAREHOLDERS  – 
PAGE 72
 
VIABILITY STATEMENT 
As required by the FRC’s UK Corporate Governance Code, the Board has assessed the Group’s prospects and viability 
over a three-year period to 31 December 2027. A three-year assessment period was selected as it corresponds with the 
Board’s normal strategic planning horizon as well as the period over which senior management are remunerated via  
long-term incentive plans. The three-year period balances the long-term nature of  investments in the beverages industry 
with an assessment of  the viability of  the key drivers of  near-term business performance as well as external factors 
impacting our business. 
In making this assessment, the Board took account of 
the Group’s current financial position, annual budget, 
three-year plan, forecasts, and sensitivity testing on the 
performance of  the business over the medium term.  
The Board also considered several other factors 
including the Group’s operational business model, its risk 
management and internal control effectiveness and whether 
the principal risks and uncertainties, alone or combined, 
would be likely to impact the Group’s viability during the 
three-year period under consideration. 
Therefore, the Board applied three scenarios:
•	 The potential for continued macroeconomic uncertainty 
and an increase in competitor activity to impact the 
Group’s revenue and cost base.
•	 The potential for geopolitical uncertainty and events, 
causing inflationary and logistic challenges, impacting 
the Group’s cost base.
•	 A significant business interruption issue, which could 
result from, for instance, a cyber attack, a fire at a key 
production partner or from a disruption in availability  
of  a key ingredient due to an extreme weather event.
Against these conservative, prudent scenarios, and before 
considering the opportunity for mitigating actions such as 
the utilisation of  existing redundancy in our production 
model, or making reductions in variable operating 
expenditure, the forecasts for the period to December 2027 
indicate that the Group would continue to hold significant 
cash balances. 
Based on this assessment, notwithstanding the remaining 
level of  uncertainty related to the wider macroeconomic 
and geopolitical environment, the Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will continue to operate and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due during the period to  
31 December 2027. 
This Strategic Report was approved on behalf  of  the  
Board on 24 March 2025.
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER 
Chief Financial Officer 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
67

Margarita
Fever-Tree Margarita Mixer
 
100ML FEVER-TREE MARGARITA MIXER
50ML TEQUILA
PLENTY OF ICE
WATERTIGHT CONTAINER (COCKTAIL SHAKER, PROTEIN SHAKER, ETC)
LIME WEDGE (OPTIONAL)
MIXING METHOD
SIMPLY STIR YOUR INGREDIENTS TOGETHER, 
OR FOLLOW RECIPE BELOW AND SHAKE.
Step One: Fill your watertight container 3/4 full of  ice, and add Tequila.
Step Two: Add the Margarita Mixer. Seal and shake for 15 seconds.
Step Three: Strain into your tumbler glass over ice and garnish with fresh lime.
Top Tip: To add a salt rim to your glass just run a lime wedge 
around the rim then gently press into a plate of  salt.
THE HISTORY OF THE MARGARITA
The Margarita is a tale of Mexican ingenuity, vibrant 
flavours, and timeless appeal.
The origins of the Margarita are surrounded by 
stories as colourful as the drink itself. One popular 
account dates back to the 1930s or 1940s, when 
bartenders in Mexico began crafting cocktails with 
tequila to highlight the spirit’s unique character. 
 A mix of tequila, lime juice, and orange liqueur, 
served with a salted rim, was said to be named  
after a woman—Margarita—though her identity 
remains a delightful mystery.
Over the years, the Margarita has evolved into 
many variations, from frozen blends to fruity 
twists, yet the classic remains a symbol of effortless 
sophistication. Our Premium Mexican Lime Soda, 
along with our new Margarita Cocktail Mixer, are 
designed to enhance tequila’s bold, earthy notes, 
bringing out the best in every Margarita.
Today, the Margarita is a toast to celebration, 
sunshine, and the art of simplicity.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
68

Governance
70 	 Board of Directors
72 	 Corporate Governance Statement
76 	 Nomination Committee Report
78 	 Audit Committee Report
82 	 Remuneration Committee Report
95 	 Directors’ Report
97 	 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
69
Financial Statements
Governance
Strategic Report
Overview

ALEX O’CONNELL 
(37)
Company Secretary 
Alex is the Company Secretary and General Counsel at 
Fever-Tree. Before joining us in 2021, he worked at AB InBev 
in London, and at Freshfields in London and Singapore. 
He is secretary of  the Board of  Directors and of  each of  its 
Committees. He is a graduate of  Cambridge University and is 
an Independent Non-Executive Director of  British Fencing, the 
National Governing Body for the Olympic and Paralympic Sport 
of  Fencing in the UK.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Domenic joined the Group as 
a Non-Executive Director on 
17 May 2018 and became Chair 
of  the Board and Nomination and 
Disclosure Committees following 
the AGM in May 2023. Domenic 
is a qualified chartered accountant 
and brings with him a wealth of 
management experience in the 
beverages and consumer goods 
sector having spent 20 years at 
SABMiller, the former FTSE 100 
beverage company, focusing on 
strategy and corporate development 
before reaching the position 
of  Chief  Financial Officer and 
Executive Board Director. Domenic 
is a Non-Executive Director of 
Asahi Breweries Europe Group 
and is a senior consultant to Asahi 
Group Holdings.
  SEE THE NOMINATION 
COMMITTEE REPORT /PAGES 76 
AND 77
DOMENIC DE LORENZO
(60)
Non-Executive Chair
Tim has been the CEO of  the 
Group since 2014. Tim has a 
business management degree from 
Newcastle University, specialising in 
food marketing. During university 
he started his first business, a 
waitering agency. In 1998 he joined 
a London-based advertising and 
branding agency. Subsequently, he 
launched the Business Development 
Consultancy which included 
identifying opportunities in the 
premium food and drink sector. 
It was in this role that he made 
contact with Charles Rolls, which 
resulted in the co-founding of 
Fever-Tree in 2004.
TIM WARRILLOW 
(50)
Co-Founder and Chief  
Executive Officer
Kevin joined the Group as a Non-
Executive Director on 11 January 
2018 and took over as Senior 
Independent Director following 
the AGM in May 2023. Kevin 
has more than 25 years’ drinks 
industry experience and was 
Global President of  Refreshment at 
Unilever from 2011 until the end of 
2017, responsible for the Group’s 
€10 billion revenue global beverages 
and ice cream business. Kevin 
held a wealth of  senior leadership 
positions for Unilever around the 
world, including Chairman for 
Unilever UK, Unilever France 
and Unilever Arabia as well as 
President, Unilever North America. 
He was a Unilever Executive 
Committee member, sat on the 
Group’s Sustainability Board and 
was Co-Chair of  the Pepsi/Lipton 
tea joint venture. Kevin is a Trustee 
of  the Eden Project and sits on the 
board of  The All-England Lawn 
Tennis Club and Championships. 
Kevin is also the Group’s designated 
Non-Executive Director who is 
responsible for engaging with 
employees and ensuring that the 
employee voice is represented in 
the boardroom.
KEVIN HAVELOCK 
(67) 
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director 
Andrew joined the Board on 
16 October 2014. Andrew is a 
graduate of  Cambridge University, 
where he studied natural sciences, 
and qualified as an ACA in 2007. 
He worked for a boutique firm 
specialising in start-ups and fast-
growing businesses and prior to 
joining the Group, was Head of 
Finance at the Design Council. 
Andrew joined the Group in 
September 2012, in the run-up to 
the investment in the Group by 
Lloyds Development Capital and 
was appointed Finance Director 
in September 2013.
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
(45)
Chief Financial Officer 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
70

Laura joined the Group as a Non-
Executive Director on 20 May 
2021 and took over as Chair of  the 
Remuneration Committee following 
the AGM in May 2023. With over 
25 years of  experience, Laura is 
currently Chief  People Officer at 
Deliveroo. Laura previously held 
senior positions at Gymshark as 
Chief  People Officer, at Tate & 
Lyle plc as Chief  HR Officer and 
at Dyson Limited as Group HR 
Director. Earlier in her career she 
worked as a management consultant 
for Arthur Andersen.
  SEE THE REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE REPORT / 
PAGES 82 TO 94
LAURA HAGAN 
(52)
Independent Non-Executive Director
Jeff  joined the Group as a Non-
Executive Director on 11 January 
2018. Jeff  has significant experience 
across the North American beverage 
industry, gathered over almost 30 
years, with particular expertise in 
sales and distribution in the US. His 
experience spans the beer, spirits, 
premium non-alcoholic carbonated 
soft drink and health and wellness 
beverage categories for a range 
of  global brands. His leadership 
roles have included VP of  Sales 
Western US, Coors Brewing 
Company, Board member at Coors 
Distributing Company, Co-Founder 
and CEO of  KEG 1, LLC., CEO 
of  Red Bull Distribution, North 
America, President of  Vita Coco, 
North American CEO of  Mast-
Jägermeister. He is now working 
as CEO of  The Lemon Perfect 
Company, a high growth organic 
lemon water business in the US.
JEFF POPKIN 
(60)
Independent Non-Executive Director 
Clare joined the Group as a Non-
Executive Director and Chair of 
the Audit Committee on 25 May 
2023. Clare is a qualified Chartered 
Accountant with extensive 
experience within the consumer 
brand sector. Clare is also a non-
executive director and chair of  the 
audit and risk committee at John 
Lewis Partnership. During her 
executive career, she was Co-CEO 
and a board member at Camelot, 
then operator of  The National 
Lottery, having joined Camelot 
as CFO in 2017. Prior to that she 
was Group CFO at dunnhumby, 
having previously spent over 17 
years at Tesco where she worked 
across a wide range of  operational 
and financial positions, including 
CFO for Tesco.com and Group 
Audit Director.
  SEE THE AUDIT COMMITTEE 
REPORT / PAGES 78 TO 81
CLARE SWINDELL 
(55)
Independent Non-Executive Director
David joined the Group as a Non-
Executive Director on 1 January 
2024. David brings over 35 years 
of  extensive industry expertise 
in the beverage sector including 
bottling, manufacturing, supply 
chain management and strategy 
across the North American and 
European markets. David served as 
Senior Vice President and Chief 
Supply Chain Officer for PepsiCo 
Beverages North America (PBNA) 
where he was accountable for 
leading the end-to-end supply chain 
operations for PBNA. Most recently 
he was Senior Vice President of 
Manufacturing Strategy across food 
and beverages for PepsiCo’s North 
American business. Prior to these 
roles, he served 22 years at Pepsi 
Bottling Group across the business’ 
manufacturing and warehouse 
operations – culminating in the role 
of  Global VP, Manufacturing and 
Warehouse Operations – before 
joining PepsiCo when it acquired 
the business in 2010.
DAVID LAPP 
(59)
Independent Non-Executive Director
  Member of the 
Remuneration 
Committee
  Member of the 
Audit Committee
  Member of the 
Nomination 
Committee
  Member of 
the Disclosure 
Committee
  Committee Chair
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
71

I am pleased to present 
this year’s Corporate 
Governance Report.” 
DOMENIC DE LORENZO 
Chair
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
An introduction from  
our Chair
Our Board recognises the important 
role a robust governance framework plays 
in the successful delivery of our 
long-term strategy. 
Although drafted with larger, main market listed companies in mind, 
the Group continues to adopt the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the “Code”). The Group has complied with all of  the provisions set out in the 
Code during the year, subject to the limited exception detailed and explained on 
page 86 (Directors’ Remuneration Policy – Shareholding Guidelines – Provision 
36). A key focus of  the Code is the requirement for detailed expositions on 
stakeholder engagement and how the Directors have had consideration to and 
applied their duties under s.172 of  the Companies Act 2006. Our statements 
on these topics are detailed on pages 66 and 67.
We had a year with no changes to the membership of  the Board or its 
Committees following David Lapp’s appointment on 1 January. David has 
quickly established himself  as a valuable member of  the group and we 
have benefited from his expertise hugely. Thank you to all of  my Board 
colleagues for their support.
DOMENIC DE LORENZO
Chair
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
72

LEADERSHIP 
ROLE OF THE BOARD
The Board is responsible to the 
shareholders and sets the Group’s 
strategy for achieving long-term success 
in accordance with our purpose and 
values. The Board is also ultimately 
responsible for establishing the Group’s 
governance structure, the effectiveness 
of  internal controls, risk management, 
and the direction of  the Group in 
accordance with our purpose and values 
to help deliver our strategy. We look to 
provide the framework for our Group 
companies to follow these principles  
and provide guidance at Group level  
on measures to implement them. 
The day-to-day responsibilities for 
the running of  each of  our Group 
companies is delegated to the executive 
and senior management. However, 
there are a number of  matters where, 
because of  their importance to the 
Group, it is considered appropriate to 
have enhanced oversight from the Board. 
The Board therefore has a documented 
formal schedule of  matters reserved for 
its approval, which is reviewed regularly. 
This includes matters relating to: 
•	 The Group’s strategic aims 
and objectives 
•	 The structure and capital  
of  the Group 
•	 Financial reporting, financial 
controls and dividend policy 
•	 Internal controls, risk and the 
Group’s risk appetite 
•	 The approval of  unusual and/
or significant capital expenditures 
or disposals 
•	 Effective communication with 
shareholders 
•	 Any changes to Board membership 
or structure 
The Board understands the importance 
of  the Group’s governance framework 
to ensure it effectively focuses on 
strategy, performance, responsibility 
and accountability to ensure that every 
decision we make is of  the highest 
quality. All of  its decisions are discussed 
within the context of  the risks involved. 
Effective risk management is central to 
achieving our strategic objectives and 
further details of  the Group’s internal 
processes are set out on pages 60 to 64.
DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
CHAIR AND CEO 
The Chair is responsible for 
leadership of  the Board and ensuring 
its effectiveness in all aspects of  its 
role. The Chief  Executive Officer is 
responsible for delivering the strategy 
and commercial objectives agreed by 
the Board. There is a clear division of 
responsibility between the Chair and the 
CEO to ensure that there is a balance of 
power and authority between leadership 
of  the Board and executive leadership. 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND SID
The Chair promotes a culture of 
openness and debate by facilitating the 
effective contribution of  Non-Executive 
Directors, as well as maintaining good 
working relationships between all 
Directors, with Non-Executive Directors 
communicating directly with Executive 
Directors and senior management 
between formal Board meetings. 
Kevin Havelock is the Senior 
Independent Director (SID). He 
provides a sounding board for the 
Chair and serves as an intermediary 
for the other Directors when necessary. 
As the SID, Kevin is available to 
shareholders, as may be appropriate 
in certain circumstances. Kevin meets 
the other Non-Executive Directors at 
least annually to appraise the Chair’s 
performance, providing feedback as 
appropriate.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
73

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT continued
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
The Remuneration Committee is 
chaired by Laura Hagan. Its other 
members during the year were Domenic 
De Lorenzo, Kevin Havelock, David 
Lapp and Clare Swindell, all of  whom 
are independent. The Remuneration 
Committee reviews the performance 
of  the Executive Directors and makes 
recommendations to the Board on 
matters relating to their remuneration 
and terms of  employment. The 
Remuneration Committee also makes 
recommendations to the Board on 
proposals for the granting of  share 
options and other equity incentives 
pursuant to any share option scheme 
or equity incentive scheme in operation 
from time to time.
The remuneration and terms and 
conditions of  appointment of  the Non-
Executive Directors of  the Group are 
set by the Board. The Chief  Executive 
Officer, Chief  Financial Officer and 
Chief  People Officer are invited to 
attend for some parts of  the Committee 
meetings where their input is required, 
although they do not take part in any 
decision on their own benefits and 
remuneration.
The Remuneration Committee Report 
on pages 82 to 94 contains more detailed 
information on the Committee’s role and 
the Directors’ remuneration and fees.
NOMINATION COMMITTEE
The Nomination Committee is chaired 
by Domenic De Lorenzo. Its other 
members during the year were Laura 
Hagan, Kevin Havelock, David Lapp, 
Jeff  Popkin, and Clare Swindell. The 
Nomination Committee is responsible 
for, amongst other things, reviewing 
the structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge, 
experience and diversity) of  the Board 
and making recommendations to the 
Board with regard to any changes. The 
Nomination Committee also considers 
the wider leadership needs of  the 
organisation, including ensuring that 
appropriate succession planning is in 
place.
The Nomination Committee Report on 
pages 76 and 77 contains more detailed 
information on the Committee’s activity 
during the year.
DISCLOSURE COMMITTEE
The Disclosure Committee is chaired 
by Domenic De Lorenzo and its other 
members during the year were Tim 
Warrillow, Andrew Branchflower 
and Clare Swindell. The Disclosure 
Committee supports the Board in 
overseeing the Group’s compliance with 
its disclosure obligations taking advice 
from internal and external advisers as 
appropriate. The Disclosure Committee 
is responsible for reviewing and 
approving the release of  announcements 
by Fever-Tree on an ad hoc basis, 
where such announcements have not 
been approved by the Board. Further, 
the Committee has been established to 
keep disclosure procedures at the Group 
under periodic review.
BOARD AND COMMITTEE 
MEETINGS
The Board meets regularly to help 
ensure it discharges its duties effectively. 
Non-Executive Directors communicate 
directly with the Chair, Executive 
Directors and senior management 
between formal Board meetings. The 
Board has a schedule of  regular business, 
financial and operational matters, and 
each Board Committee has compiled a 
schedule of  work, to ensure that all areas 
for which the Board has responsibility 
are addressed and reviewed during the 
course of  the year. 
The Board held five scheduled Board 
meetings during the year. In addition, 
the Board participated in a dedicated 
multi-day strategy session in Q4, with a 
focus on the future of  the brand globally 
and the UK and US markets. Directors 
are expected to attend all relevant Board 
and Committee meetings. 
ROLE OF COMMITTEES
The Board has delegated specific 
responsibilities to the Audit, 
Remuneration, Nomination and 
Disclosure Committees, details of  which 
are set out below. Each Committee 
has written terms of  reference setting 
out its duties, authority and reporting 
responsibilities. Copies of  the terms 
of  reference for each Committee are 
available on the Company’s website or 
on request from the Company Secretary. 
The terms of  reference of  each 
Committee are reviewed regularly by  
the individual Committees and 
subsequently by the Board to ensure  
they remain appropriate and reflect  
any changes in legislation, regulation or 
best practice. The Company Secretary, 
Alex O’Connell, is the secretary of  
each Committee. 
AUDIT COMMITTEE 
The Audit Committee is chaired by 
Clare Swindell and its other members 
during the year were Kevin Havelock, 
Laura Hagan, David Lapp and Jeff 
Popkin. All members are independent. 
The Audit Committee has primary 
responsibility for assisting the Board 
in the fulfilment of  its obligations 
regarding the monitoring of  the 
adequacy and effectiveness of  the 
Group’s risk management and internal 
financial control and audit system; 
reviewing the integrity of  the Group’s 
financial statements and reporting; 
and assessing the scope, resources, 
performance, effectiveness and 
independence of  the external Auditors. 
It receives and reviews reports from 
the Group’s management and Auditor 
relating to the annual accounts and the 
accounting internal control systems in 
use throughout the Group. The Audit 
Committee met four times last year and 
has unrestricted access to the Group’s 
Auditor. The Chair, Chief  Executive 
Officer and Chief  Financial Officer 
attend the Committee meetings by 
invitation. 
The Audit Committee Report on 
pages 78 to 81 contains more detailed 
information on the Committee’s role. 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
74

The table below sets out attendance at all Board and Committee meetings held 
during the year to 31 December 2024.
Name  
Board  
Audit  Remuneration
Nomination  
Disclosure  
Tim Warrillow  
5/5  
  
  
  
3/3  
Andrew Branchflower  
5/5  
  
  
  
3/3  
Domenic De Lorenzo  
5/5  
  
3/3  
2/2  
3/3  
Kevin Havelock  
5/5  
4/4
3/3  
2/2  
Laura Hagan  
5/5  
4/4
3/3  
2/2  
David Lapp 
5/5  
4/4
3/3  
2/2  
Jeff Popkin1 
4/5  
3/4
 
2/2  
Clare Swindell  
5/5  
4/4
3/3  
2/2  
3/3 
1 = Jeff Popkin missed one set of meetings due to an unavoidable prior commitment. 
BOARD EFFECTIVENESS
The Board continuously evaluates the 
balance of  skills, experience, knowledge 
and independence of  the Directors. 
The Board scrutinises its performance 
through an annual effectiveness review, 
on which more detail is provided below. 
Profiles of  the skills and experience 
of  the Directors are included in their 
biographical details on pages 70 and 71.
APPOINTMENTS TO THE BOARD 
The Nomination Committee leads the 
process for the appointment of  new 
Directors to the Board. Pages 76 and 77 
set out more detailed information on 
the Nomination Committee, its role and 
principal activities during the financial 
year.
COMMITMENT 
All Directors have been advised of  the 
time required to fulfil the role prior 
to appointment and were asked to 
confirm that they can make the required 
commitment before they were appointed. 
This requirement is also included in 
their letters of  appointment. The Board 
is satisfied that the Chair and each of 
the Non-Executive Directors are able 
to devote sufficient time to the Group’s 
business. 
In the appropriate circumstances, the 
Board may authorise Executive Directors 
to take Non-Executive positions in 
other companies and organisations, 
provided the time commitment does 
not conflict with the Director’s duties to 
the Company, since such appointments 
should broaden their experience. The 
acceptance of  appointment to such 
positions is subject to the approval of  the 
Chair. Currently, the Executive Directors 
do not have any external appointments. 
DEVELOPMENT 
When new Directors join the Board 
a formal, rigorous and transparent 
induction programme takes place, which 
is tailored to their existing knowledge 
and experience. This year the Board 
ensured that David Lapp met with the 
wider executive team, relevant advisers, 
and was given access to a wide range of 
documents to enable him to get up to 
speed quickly. 
The Company Secretary ensures that all 
Directors are kept abreast of  changes 
in relevant legislation and regulations, 
with the assistance of  the Group’s other 
professional advisers where appropriate. 
Executive Directors are subject to the 
Group’s performance development 
review process, through which their 
performance against predetermined 
objectives is reviewed by the Board 
and their personal and professional 
development needs considered. Non-
Executive Directors are encouraged 
to raise any personal development or 
training needs with the Chair or through 
the Board evaluation process. 
INFORMATION AND SUPPORT 
The Chair, aided by the Company 
Secretary, is responsible for ensuring 
that the Directors receive accurate and 
timely information. The Company 
Secretary compiles the Board and 
Committee papers which are circulated 
to Directors one week prior to meetings. 
The Company Secretary also ensures 
that any feedback or suggestions for 
improvement on Board papers are fed 
back to management. 
Directors have access to independent 
professional advice at the Group’s 
expense. In addition, they have access to 
the advice and services of  the Company 
Secretary who is responsible for advice 
on corporate governance matters to the 
Board. The Company Secretary provides 
minutes of  each meeting, and every 
Director is aware of  the right to have 
any concerns minuted. 
EVALUATION 
Each year the Board carries out 
an evaluation process. An internal 
evaluation of  the Board took place 
in 2024, conducted by the Chair and 
Company Secretary. Overall feedback 
was positive, particularly on the Board’s 
cohesion and effective performance 
culture. Topics raised and considered 
for 2025 included maximising focus 
on strategic debate, and organisational 
design including talent development  
and succession.
In addition, the Senior Independent 
Director met informally with the other 
Non-Executive Directors to evaluate 
the Chair’s performance. Feedback, 
which was positive, was shared by the 
Senior Independent Director with the 
Chair. The Board is looking forward 
to conducting its regular external 
evaluation during the course of  2025. 
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 
The Annual General Meeting of  the 
Company will take place on 5th June 
2025. The Notice of  Annual General 
Meeting and the ordinary and special 
resolutions to be put to the meeting 
can be found on pages 144 to 149. In 
accordance with the Code, all Directors 
will be submitted for re-election at the 
Annual General Meeting.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
75

“The Committee were 
pleased to note two  
well-deserved promotions.”
DOMENIC DE LORENZO 
Nomination Committee Chair
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
On behalf of the Board, 
I am pleased to present the 
Nomination Committee report.
MEMBERS OF THE NOMINATION 
COMMITTEE
Although only members of  the 
Committee have the right to attend 
meetings, other individuals, such as 
other board members and external 
advisers, may be invited to attend for all 
or part of  any meeting. The Nomination 
Committee met formally twice during 
2024 with all members present.
DUTIES
The Committee’s principal duties are to: 
•	 monitor the structure, size and 
composition (including the skills, 
knowledge, experience and 
diversity) of  the Board and make 
recommendations to the Board with 
regard to any changes;
•	 give full consideration to succession 
planning for directors and other senior 
executives in the course of  its work, 
taking into account the challenges and 
opportunities facing the Group, and 
the skills and expertise needed on the 
Board in the future;
•	 keep under review the leadership 
needs of  the organisation, both 
executive and non-executive, with 
a view to ensuring the continued 
ability of  the organisation to compete 
effectively in the marketplace;
•	 keep up to date and fully informed 
about strategic issues and commercial 
changes affecting the group and the 
market in which it operates; and
•	 be responsible for identifying and 
nominating candidates to fill board 
vacancies as and when they arise, for 
the ultimate approval of  the Board.
The Committee’s full Terms of 
Reference are available on our website. 
They are regularly reviewed to ensure 
they follow best practice. Below is a 
summary of  the Committee’s principal 
activities undertaken during the year.
MEETINGS HELD
2
COMMITTEE MEMBERS 
AND ATTENDANCE
Domenic De Lorenzo 
(Chair)
100%
Laura Hagan
100%
Kevin Havelock
100%
David Lapp
100%
Jeff Popkin
100%
Clare Swindell
100%
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
76

WAYS OF WORKING AND 
EVALUATION  
The Committee began the year 
considering the results of  the 2023 
internal Board evaluation. Feedback 
was overwhelmingly positive. A number 
of  opportunities for improvement were 
identified and implemented during 
the remainder of  the year, including 
to refresh topics being included on 
the Board’s agenda, to change how 
information and presentations were 
delivered to the Board, and to update 
the insights received by the Board. 
APPOINTMENTS AND 
SUCCESSION PLANNING
There were no changes to the 
membership of  the Board or its 
Committees during the period. The 
Committee spent time considering Board 
level succession planning, including 
analysis of  relevant skillsets and 
opportunities which could come from 
additional perspectives. The Committee 
were also briefed by our CEO and Chief 
People Officer on the senior executive 
team and succession planning at that 
level, recognising that robust succession 
plans are fundamental to the long-term 
prospects of  the business, as well as 
important for maintaining Fever-Tree’s 
fantastic culture. The Committee were 
pleased to note two well-deserved 
promotions to the senior executive team 
during the year – our Global Technology 
and Innovation Directors – reflecting the 
calibre of  internal talent. 
CULTURE AND EMPLOYEE 
ENGAGEMENT  
The Committee were briefed by Kevin 
Havelock, our Senior Independent 
Director and nominated workforce 
representative, as well as by our CEO 
and Chief  People Officer, on employee 
culture and the results of  an employee 
pulse survey conducted in Q4. Feedback 
was positive, in particular on the 
overall quality of  the internal team, 
the business’s entrepreneurial spirit, as 
well as a strong culture and sense of 
belonging. 
Our Chief  People Officer also provided 
details of  a plan to action more 
constructive elements of  feedback, built 
around three pillars – Recognition and 
Reward, Togetherness, and Career 
Progression. The Committee were 
pleased to see such a thorough reflection 
on the results and a well put together 
plan of  action. 
DIVERSITY  
As a Board we continue to believe that 
we have an excellent mixture of  talent, 
experience, industry expertise, regional 
knowledge, character, judgement and 
diversity of  background, which has 
produced a strong chemistry and an 
environment that is both appropriately 
challenging and supportive. This belief 
was strengthened during 2024 by the 
perspectives brought by David Lapp, our 
newest appointment.
We recognise the value of  increased 
diversity in multiple areas at Board level 
in achieving our strategic objectives 
and in driving innovation and growth. 
Whilst Board appointments will continue 
to be based on merit and relevant skill, 
the Directors appreciate that different 
backgrounds, experiences and opinions 
can promote more balanced and 
nuanced debate and lead to improved 
decisions. Whilst no vacancies arose 
on the Board in 2024, we acknowledge 
moving forwards a need to evolve 
the diversity of  our Board over time, 
especially with respect to gender.
At employee level, 2024 was a very 
positive year for our global Diversity, 
Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Committee, 
which met multiple times and continues 
to evolve. The Committee is led by Kate 
Stables, our Global Technology Director 
and DEI Lead, and its membership is 
drawn from across our business. The 
Committee is sponsored by our Chief 
People Officer and Company Secretary, 
with a regular reporting line to the Board.
In 2024, Fever-Tree achieved significant 
milestones in DEI; through updating 
our DEI policy, launching our learning 
platform and introducing DEI and 
Unconscious Bias training, with 
more than 95% course completion 
across the workforce. Our employee-
led communities arranged multiple 
initiatives to recognise key moments, 
support awareness and drive impact 
in areas such as Women’s and Men’s 
Health, National Inclusion Week, 
women’s networking, creating Diversity 
Champions across our global business 
and engaging our workforce across the 
year. We also reviewed and updated 
family policies, aligned recruitment 
partners to our DEI policies and 
provided inclusive recruitment guidance 
to all hiring managers, ensuring 
alignment with our DEI objectives. Our 
efforts in belonging, engagement and 
inclusion have positively impacted our 
workforce, and fostered a more engaged 
team as shown by the most recent 
employee survey and engagement in key 
events through the year.
As at 1 January 2025, the gender 
balance of  those in senior management 
positions and their direct reports was 
55% male and 45% female (FY23 61:39). 
If  we expand that to all managers in the 
business (excluding their direct reports), 
the split is 54% male and 46% female 
(FY23 47:53). 
Noting the above, we will continue to 
monitor diversity and equity at all levels 
in the organisation. We have identified 
targets and are working towards 
continued engagement and improved 
minority representation across the 
business in the medium term. 
DOMENIC DE LORENZO
Nomination Committee Chair 
Looking ahead
The Committee is scheduled 
to meet at least twice in 2025, 
continuing its good work.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
77

Good progress has been 
made this year with 
standardising risk 
management processes.”
CLARE SWINDELL 
Audit Committee Chair
MEMBERSHIP AND EFFECTIVENESS 
I have remained the Chair of  the Audit 
Committee throughout the year. Other 
members of  the Audit Committee during 
the year were Laura Hagan, Kevin 
Havelock, David Lapp and Jeff  Popkin, 
each of  whom is independent. The 
Chair of  the Board, Chief  Executive 
Officer, Chief  Financial Officer, 
Company Secretary, Group Finance 
Director, Head of  Internal Audit and  
the external auditor, BDO, regularly 
attend meetings of  the Committee.  
I met with BDO, the Chief  Financial 
Officer and the Head of  Internal Audit 
regularly during the year.  
There is ongoing engagement with BDO 
to ensure that their views, opinions, 
and comments are reflected within the 
Committee’s deliberations and dealings. 
The Committee met 4 times during this 
year, with full attendance apart from  
Jeff  Popkin, who unavoidably had to 
miss one session.
The Board has satisfied itself  that the 
membership of  the Audit Committee 
includes at least one Director with 
recent and relevant financial experience 
and that the committee as a whole has 
competence in the sector in which the 
company operates. See pages 70 and 71 
for details of  the relevant experience  
of  Directors. 
The Audit Committee is committed 
to continuing to focus on fulfilling our 
duties effectively and to a high standard, 
providing the necessary independent 
oversight with the support of 
management and the external auditors. 
To support this, an internal Audit 
Committee effectiveness review took 
place during the year to assess current 
performance and gather feedback  
from members. 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT 
On behalf of the 
Audit Committee, I am 
pleased to present our 
report for the year ending 
31 December 2024.
This report summarises the Committee’s 
objectives, role and responsibilities and discusses 
our key activities during this financial year.
MEETINGS HELD
4
COMMITTEE MEMBERS 
AND ATTENDANCE
Clare Swindell (Chair)
100%
Laura Hagan
100%
Kevin Havelock
100%
David Lapp
100%
Jeff Popkin
75%
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
78

ROLE, OBJECTIVES AND DUTIES OF 
THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee assists the Board 
in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. 
The role of  the Audit Committee is to:
•	 monitor and review the integrity and 
adequacy of  the Group’s financial 
statements and reporting, including 
any significant financial reporting 
judgements contained in them;
•	 advise on whether the Group’s 
financial statements and public 
disclosures, when taken as a whole, 
are fair, balanced and understandable, 
and enable shareholders to assess the 
company’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy;
•	 review the adequacy and effectiveness 
of  the Group’s internal financial 
control, audit and risk management 
processes, business viability, 
whistleblowing, integrity and policy 
breach allegation investigations; and 
•	 oversee the appointment, 
performance, independence, and 
remuneration of  the external auditor, 
and make recommendations to the 
Board on these topics. 
During the year, the Committee 
discharged its role with regard to 
all of  the above with no significant 
issues arising. 
The main responsibilities of  the Audit 
Committee are set out in its Terms of 
Reference, which were updated in March 
2024. These are available on the Group’s 
website (www.fever-tree.com) and are 
available on request from the Company 
Secretary. The Committee reports to the 
Board on its activities, identifying any 
key issues including recommendations 
as to the steps to be taken and on how it 
has discharged its responsibilities.
KEY ACTIVITIES OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE IN THIS FINANCIAL YEAR
The key activities of  the Audit Committee are summarised in the table below
Audit 
Committee 
role
Principal outputs reviewed
Actions
Oversight of 
financial and 
corporate 
reporting
•	 All external financial 
reporting, including:
	– Trading updates
	– Interim and 
preliminary results 
	– Annual Report and 
consolidated financial 
statements
•	 Compliance with accounting 
standards / policies and 
relevant regulation
•	 Review of material areas of 
accounting judgement and 
estimation
•	 Review on the “quality of 
reported earnings”
•	 Evaluation of the carrying value 
of material assets and liabilities
•	 “Fair, balanced and 
understandable” review of 
the interim results statement 
and the annual report and 
related disclosures
Internal 
control and 
audit
•	 Internal Audit plan and reports
•	 Control testing results
•	 Policy breaches and 
whistleblowing reports
•	 Approval of annual Internal 
Audit plan and reports
•	 Monitoring of Internal 
Audit effectiveness and 
independence
•	 Review of effectiveness 
of overall internal control 
environment
•	 Review of financial system 
IT controls
•	 Assessment of IT and major 
project controls
Risk 
management 
process
•	 Risk framework and appetite
•	 Emerging and principal risks
•	 Approval of risk strategy
•	 Review of effectiveness of risk 
management process 
•	 Deep dive focus on the 
treasury functions maturity
External 
Audit
•	 External Audit plan and report
•	 Auditor independence and 
non-audit work review
•	 Terms of engagement and fees
•	 Key audit issues and 
recommendations
•	 Approval of External Auditor’s 
plan and report
•	 Review of key Audit findings, 
insights and recommendations 
•	 Audit performance and 
effectiveness review including 
fee proposal
•	 Approval of independence 
statement and any non-
audit work
•	 Review of recommendations 
on Annual Report disclosures
•	 Review of recommendations on 
internal control environment
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
79

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT continued
FINANCIAL AND CORPORATE 
REPORTING
During the financial year, the 
Committee reviewed the Annual Report 
and the associated preliminary results 
announcement, and the interim results 
announcement, including the interim 
financial statements, focussing on:
•	 key areas of  judgement and 
complexity, 
•	 critical accounting policies, 
•	 the nature and size of  any one off  or 
abnormal items impacting the quality 
of  earnings or cashflows, 
•	 the adequacy and accuracy of 
financial disclosures, 
•	 the viability and going concern 
assessments of  the Group, 
•	 adequacy and movements in key 
provisions including taxation and 
any changes required in these areas 
or policies. 
The Audit Committee worked with 
management, and considered the work 
of  the external auditor on the above 
matters to ensure suitable positions 
were reached. The Committee did not 
uncover any material issues or concerns 
regarding the above matters. 
In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, a key focus of  the 
Committee is to assess whether the 
Annual Report and annual financial 
statements are “fair, balanced and 
understandable”. This topic is 
considered with regards to all financial 
statements. The Committee considered 
FRC guidance on the subject and 
recommendations from the external 
auditor, and has recommended to the 
Board that the Annual Report and 
annual financial statements are “fair, 
balanced and understandable”. 
EFFECTIVENESS OF THE GROUP’S 
INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS AND 
RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS
The Group continues to review its 
system of  financial and operating 
internal controls to ensure compliance 
with best practice, whilst also having 
regard to its size and the resources 
available. 
The Audit Committee receives regular 
reports from the Chief  Financial Officer, 
the Finance Director and the Head of 
Internal Audit on internal audits, control 
assurance work, policy breaches (if  any), 
actions taken to improve control design 
and effectiveness, and the development 
of  automated financial controls. Reports 
received in the year included a deep 
dive on treasury risk and updates on the 
upcoming Corporate Governance Code 
changes. The latter specifically relating 
to Provision 29, and the Committee 
will continue to monitor Fever-Tree’s 
approach to respond to the changes. 
During the year, the Head of  Internal 
Audit worked alongside KPMG within a 
co-source model to deliver the Internal 
Audit plan. The plan incorporates a 
mix of  reviews that are linked to the 
Group’s strategic and operational 
risks, and routine audits covering 
financial, regulatory compliance and IT 
operations. The Internal Audit function’s 
primary activities in 2024 included: 
•	 	a review of  Accounts Payable controls; 
•	 a review of  the customer agreements 
and onboarding processes in the UK 
and Europe; 
•	 a cyber security assessment; and 
•	 a review of  US inventory 
management controls.
The Audit Committee assesses the 
effectiveness of  Internal Audit by 
reviewing its annual audit plan at the 
start of  the financial year, monitoring 
its ongoing performance throughout the 
year, and assessing completion rates and 
feedback provided following completion 
of  the annual audit plan. 
Having carried out this assessment, the 
Audit Committee is of  the view that the 
quality, experience and expertise of  the 
function is appropriate for the business. 
The Audit Committee agreed with the 
recommendation to continue with a co-
source model with KPMG as our partner 
for the next financial year and the Audit 
Committee has reviewed and approved 
the internal audit plan for the upcoming 
financial year.
The Committee notes that BDO 
obtained an understanding of  the 
Group’s internal controls for the 
purposes of  forming their audit 
opinion as set out on pages 100 to 
107. No significant deficiencies in our 
internal controls were reported by the 
external auditor, nor reported to the 
Audit Committee. The Committee 
reports no material breaches to policy 
including Treasury and Tax during this 
financial year.
The Audit Committee reviews and 
approves all key compliance policies and, 
in the year, approved updated policies 
for tax evasion, fraud, corruption  
and bribery, and whistleblowing. 
The process for whistleblowing was 
also enhanced in the year with the 
implementation of  an independent and 
confidential whistleblowing service, 
by which a stakeholder of  the Group 
may raise concerns about possible 
improprieties in financial reporting 
or other matters. Whistleblowing 
continues to be a standing item on the 
Committee’s agenda, and updates are 
provided at each meeting. During the 
year, there were no major incidents  
for consideration. 
The Audit Committee, under delegated 
authority from the Board, oversees 
the effectiveness of  the Group’s 
risk management framework. The 
Board is accountable for the effective 
identification and evaluation of  risks for 
the Group and reviewing the controls in 
place to mitigate any potential adverse 
impacts. Details of  the risk framework 
and governance structure are set out on 
pages 60 to 64.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
80

During the year the Audit Committee 
reviewed the progress made to continue 
to standardise the risk management 
processes for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the principal and emerging 
business risks that the Group faces, 
including those that would threaten the 
Group’s business model, competitive 
position, reputation and future 
performance. 
There is a risk committee in place for 
each functional area of  the business, 
which meets regularly to manage and 
monitor their most significant risks, and 
then feeds into the PLC risk register. 
There has been a particular focus on 
our emerging risks, considering the 
continued highly volatile global political 
and economic environment, to inform 
scenario planning and ensure that 
potential mitigations are identified and 
actioned when necessary. 
On this basis, the Audit Committee 
is satisfied that it has carried out a 
robust assessment of  Fever-Tree’s risk 
management process and internal 
control systems. It is emphasised that 
the objective of  these processes is to 
manage, rather than eliminate the risk 
of  failure to achieve business objectives. 
Accordingly, they can only provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. 
EXTERNAL AUDIT INDEPENDENCE 
AND EFFECTIVENESS 
During the year, the Audit Committee 
reviewed the external audit plan and the 
findings of  the external auditor from 
its audit of  the consolidated financial 
statements. The Audit Committee 
assesses the ongoing effectiveness and 
quality of  the external auditor and 
audit process through several methods, 
commencing with a review of  the 
detailed audit plan presented to the 
Audit Committee at the start of  the 
audit cycle. 
The key audit risks identified by BDO 
were reviewed by the Committee and the 
work performed by the auditor was used 
to test management’s assumptions and 
estimates relating to such risks. 
The effectiveness of  the audit process 
in addressing these matters was assessed 
through reports presented by the auditor 
to the Audit Committee. No major areas 
of  concern were highlighted by the 
auditor during the current financial year.
Following completion of  the external 
audit process, feedback on its 
effectiveness was provided through 
review meetings with the Group’s 
finance team and management in 
advance of  management and the 
auditor providing assessments of 
auditor effectiveness and quality to the 
Audit Committee for consideration. 
The Committee were pleased to see 
the recommendations from the review 
of  the previous years audit had been 
implemented by both BDO and 
management. 
In relation to the provision of  non-
audit services, the auditor is precluded 
from engaging in services that would 
compromise its independence or violate 
any professional requirements or 
regulations affecting its appointment as 
auditor. Any non-audit services proposed 
to be provided by the external auditor 
require justification as to why such 
appointment is in the best interests of 
the Group and how independence would 
be safeguarded, and above a certain de 
minimis fee level, require approval by 
the Committee. BDO did not provide 
non-audit services to the Group in 2024.
The breakdown of  the external 
auditor’s fees between audit and 
non-audit services as approved by the 
Committee is provided in note 5 of 
the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements. On the basis that no fees 
were charged for non-audit services, the 
Committee is satisfied with the auditor’s 
independence, and will keep this under 
review moving forwards.
Looking ahead
The Audit Committee, together 
with management, continue to 
monitor and evaluate potential 
future regulatory changes. These 
include proposed reforms to the UK 
audit and corporate governance 
regimes, requirements concerning 
the assurance of  non-financial 
information, increased disclosure 
requirements in respect of  internal 
controls and provision of  consistent 
and reliable information on ESG, 
including specifically climate-related 
information. In order to continue 
to deliver on the expectations of 
our stakeholders for transparent, 
high quality and relevant reporting, 
management, under the supervision 
of  the Committee, will recommend 
and implement a number of 
changes in its approach to external 
reporting over the coming years. 
These will be reported on in due 
course and when appropriate.
 
CLARE SWINDELL
Audit Committee Chair
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
81

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Fever-Tree is listed on the Alternative 
Investment Market (AIM) and therefore 
provides these remuneration disclosures 
on a voluntary basis. As such, the charts 
and tables included here are unaudited, 
but, in general, our disclosures have 
been prepared in accordance with best 
practice for an AIM company of  our size.
In 2024, the Fever-Tree brand performed 
well, delivering Group revenue growth of 
2% at constant currency. This was despite 
continued challenging trading conditions, 
in particular in the UK and Europe. 
Good progress on key operational 
initiatives as well as softened inflationary 
headwinds in the second half  of  the year 
underpinned a strong margin recovery, 
resulting in a material uplift in adjusted 
EBITDA. 
In 2024, the Fever-Tree brand performed well.”
LAURA HAGAN
Remuneration Committee Chair
MEETINGS HELD
3
COMMITTEE MEMBERS 
AND ATTENDANCE
Laura Hagan
100%
Domenic De Lorenzo
100%
Kevin Havelock
100%
David Lapp
100%
Clare Swindell
100%
On behalf of the Board,  
I am pleased to present the 
2024 Directors’ Remuneration Report.
which sets out the remuneration paid to the Directors in 2024  
and the remuneration approach for 2025.
In early 2025, the Group announced 
a long-term strategic partnership with 
Molson Coors to drive the next stage 
of  growth in the US. This partnership 
brings various strategic benefits to Fever-
Tree, and together with the continued 
investment in the brand and the strong 
focus on innovation we saw throughout 
2024, means Fever-Tree is well placed as 
it looks to the future.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
82

ANNUAL BONUS AND LONG-TERM 
INCENTIVE PAYOUTS BASED ON 
PERFORMANCE IN 2024
For the year under review, annual 
bonuses were based 50% on revenue, 
30% on adjusted EBITDA and 20% 
on a scorecard of  strategic measures 
linked to new product development and 
innovation, route to market optimisation 
and internal technology capabilities. 
The performance targets were set to 
be stretching in the context of  the 
external environment, ensuring that 
the maximum pay out would only be 
achieved if  exceptional performance  
was delivered. 
Revenue on a constant currency basis 
for 2024 was £374.0m resulting in a 
pay-out just above the threshold target. 
Adjusted EBITDA performance on a 
constant currency basis was £53.6m, 
resulting in a pay-out between target 
and maximum. Overall, in respect of 
the financial performance measures, the 
pay-out was 33% of  maximum for 2024. 
The Committee considered performance 
against the strategic measures and in 
particular the significant advancements 
made in the year which resulted in the 
long-term strategic partnership with 
Molson Coors. Overall, recognising 
the transformational nature of  this 
partnership, it was determined that the 
strategic element would pay out in full, 
resulting in an overall bonus of  47%  
of  maximum.
The 2022 LTIP awards are due to vest 
in April 2025 following the completion 
of  the three-year performance period 
to the end of  2024. As with the 2021 
awards, the 2022 awards consisted of 
a “core” LTIP award based 75% on 
revenue and 25% on adjusted EBITDA, 
and an additional award based 100% 
on international revenue growth targets 
which was designed to continue to 
incentivise the continued expansion of 
our international business. 
For the “core” LTIP award, while 
revenue performance was below 
threshold, adjusted EBITDA 
performance meant an overall vesting 
outcome of  14.2% of  maximum. For the 
additional LTIP award, international 
revenue growth was below threshold and 
as a result this part of  the award will 
lapse in full. 
No discretion was exercised in relation 
to the above outcomes. 
The Committee is mindful of  the impact 
that the Molson Coors partnership and 
the significant change in the external 
environment has on targets for in-
flight LTIP awards granted in 2023 
and 2024 and is concerned about the 
potential disconnect between formulaic 
performance outcomes and the 
performance of  management. 
While the Committee does not intend 
to formally adjust LTIP targets to 
reflect these changes, we have revised 
our expectations of  performance for 
the remainder of  the performance 
period and will set ‘shadow targets’ 
reflecting the impact of  the Molson 
Coors partnership and the on-going 
uncertainty in the external environment 
on the business. The Committee will 
consider performance in the context 
of  these ‘shadow targets’ as well as 
continuing to assess the appropriateness 
of  outcomes in the round and 
expects to use its discretion to adjust 
outcomes upwards, when compared to 
performance the original targets, based 
on all relevant considerations at the  
time of  vesting of  the relevant award.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
83

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT continued
Looking ahead
Fever-Tree continues to be a 
growth-focused business with a 
performance-oriented culture. 
The Committee aims to continue 
to foster and encourage this 
culture through its approach to 
remuneration. This is the eighth 
year that the Committee has 
voluntarily put the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report to a 
shareholder advisory vote, reflecting 
shareholders’ expectations in 
this area and the Remuneration 
Committee’s continued desire to 
be open and transparent. I very 
much look forward to your support 
and I am happy to answer any 
questions you may have regarding 
our remuneration philosophy and 
arrangements. 
REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS 
FOR 2025
As outlined in last year’s report, 
the Committee re-balanced the 
remuneration framework, with an 
increase in salary for both Executive 
Directors and the removal of  the 
additional award under the LTIP. This 
ensured appropriately competitive base 
salaries for the Executive Directors, 
recognising that they are high sought-
after, high-performing, experienced 
professionals with a deep knowledge of 
the business. The overall remuneration 
framework, however, remained weighted 
towards the long-term, reflecting the 
growth-focussed nature of  the business. 
In addition, several changes were made 
to the performance framework, including 
a re-balancing between revenue and 
EBITDA in the annual bonus and the 
introduction of  an ESG metric into the 
LTIP weighted at 10%. 
In making these changes, the Committee 
consulted with the Group’s major 
shareholders and was pleased to receive 
significant support for these at the 2024 
AGM.
For 2025, in line with the context set 
out above, the Committee has been 
reviewing the remuneration framework 
to ensure it continues to support the 
delivery of  the Group’s strategy while 
acting as an appropriate incentive for 
management and aligning their interests 
with those of  our stakeholders.
For 2025, it was determined that the 
strategic element of  the annual bonus 
should be upweighted to 50% of  the 
overall opportunity, with revenue and 
EBITDA then accounting for 30% and 
20% respectively. This is a one-off 
change for 2025 with the intention of 
focusing the management team on the 
successful execution and integration of 
the Molson Coors partnership as well 
as driving forward the strategic growth 
ambitions for the non-US business. 
The intention is that the annual 
bonus will revert to a structure which 
is predominantly based on financial 
performance in 2026. 
The Committee is also undertaking 
a review of  the structure of, and 
performance measures attached, 
to the long-term incentive plan to 
ensure they are appropriate. We are 
considering a range of  options including 
potentially the adoption of  a hybrid 
LTIP scheme to better recognise the 
impact of  macroeconomic volatility 
on our business and to help incentivise 
and focus management on sustainable 
strategic delivery in the near to medium 
term. We intend to provide further 
details on our planned approach as part 
of  our Notice of  AGM. 
For 2025, the Executive Directors will be 
awarded a salary increase of  3%, in line 
with the increase awarded to the wider 
UK population. 
For 2025, the Executive Directors will be 
awarded a salary increase of  3%, in line 
with the increase awarded to the wider 
UK population. 
 
LAURA HAGAN
Remuneration Committee Chair
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
84

REMUNERATION REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY 
This section of  the report sets out the remuneration policy for Executive Directors and outlines how this policy will be 
implemented for 2025. 
The Remuneration Committee has addressed the principles of  clarity, simplicity, risk, predictability, proportionality, and 
alignment to culture when determining the Executive Director remuneration policy. Overall, the Committee considers the 
remuneration package competitive and in line with other companies of  a similar size and complexity, while being appropriate 
in the context of  our approach to remuneration throughout the organisation. Base salaries are now market competitive, 
maximum incentive awards are capped, and incentive targets are set to be stretching while not encouraging excessive risk-taking. 
Element  
(purpose and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy for 2025
Base salary 
To reflect size and scope 
of the role and individual’s 
performance and 
contribution.
Reviewed on an annual 
basis, with any increases 
normally taking effect 
from 1 January. 
Payable in cash.
The Committee reviews 
base salaries with 
reference to:
•	 the size and scope of 
the individual’s roles;
•	 the individual’s 
performance and 
experience;
•	 business performance 
and the external 
economic environment;
•	 market practice at 
other companies 
of a similar size and 
complexity; and
•	 salary increases across 
the Group.
There is no maximum 
salary increase.
The Committee retains 
discretion to make 
appropriate adjustments 
to salary levels to ensure 
they remain appropriate 
in the context of the size 
and scope of the role and 
the size and complexity 
of the business.
Company and individual 
performance are 
considered when setting 
Executive Director base 
salaries.
Base salaries will be increased 
by 3% with effect from 1 
January 2025 to:
CEO – £581,950
CFO – £396,550
These increases are in line with 
the increase awarded to the 
wider UK workforce which 
is 3%.
Pension
To provide a market-
competitive pension
Executive Directors may 
participate in the Group 
pension scheme. 
Salary is the only element 
of remuneration that is 
pensionable.
In line with the policy for 
other employees in the 
Group, pension allowance 
initially at 5% of base salary 
increasing by 1% of salary 
per year of service up to a 
maximum of 10% of salary. 
Not performance related.
Maximum pension 
contribution or cash allowance 
for 2025 is 10% of salary. 
Benefits
To provide market-
competitive benefits.
Benefits may include car 
allowance and private 
health insurance. 
Other benefits may be 
introduced as appropriate 
and include relocation and 
other expatriate benefits.
Benefits vary by role and 
individual circumstances; 
eligibility and cost are 
reviewed periodically.
Not performance related.
No changes. The only benefit 
currently provided is private 
health insurance.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
85

REMUNERATION REPORT continued
Element  
(purpose and link to strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy for 2025
Annual bonus
To incentivise the delivery 
of annual financial 
performance and the 
achievement of strategic 
business priorities, 
thus delivering value to 
shareholders.
Performance is measured 
on an annual basis for 
each financial year. 
Performance measures 
are reviewed prior to the 
start of the year to ensure 
they remain appropriate 
and align with the 
business strategy. 
Stretching targets are set.
At the end of the year the 
Committee determines 
the extent to which these 
were achieved.
Awards are paid in cash.
Clawback (of any bonus 
paid) provisions apply  
(see below).
The Committee 
determines the maximum 
bonus opportunity each 
year to ensure that the 
overall remuneration 
package remains 
competitive.
10% of the maximum 
annual bonus opportunity 
will be paid at threshold 
performance, 50% at 
target performance 
and 100% at maximum 
performance, with 
straight-line vesting 
between each.
Performance measures 
are selected, and their 
respective weightings may 
vary from year to year, 
depending on financial 
and strategic priorities. 
Measures may include 
personal performance 
objectives
The Committee has 
discretion to adjust the 
formulaic bonus outcome 
both upwards (within 
the policy limits) and 
downwards to ensure 
alignment of pay with the 
underlying performance 
of the business over the 
financial year.
The maximum opportunity 
remains unchanged at 150% 
of salary for all Executive 
Directors. For 2025, recognising 
the transformational nature of 
the Molson Coors partnership 
in the US, the strategic 
element will be upweighted to 
50% of the total bonus. This 
is intended to be a one-off 
change, with the intention 
that the bonus will revert to a 
structure predominately based 
on financial measures in 2026.
Performance measures for 
2025 will therefore be:
•	 •30% on turnover
•	 20% on adjusted EBITDA
•	 50% on strategic measures 
linked to the successful 
execution and integration 
of the Molson Coors 
partnership as well as 
driving forward strategic 
ambitions for the non-US 
business. 
LTIP 
To drive sustained long-
term performance that 
supports the creation of 
shareholder value.
Annual awards of shares 
or nil-cost options may be 
made to participants. 
Award levels and 
performance conditions 
are reviewed before each 
award cycle to ensure 
they remain appropriate.
Awards made under the 
LTIP will normally have a 
minimum vesting period 
of three years.
Dividend equivalents may 
accrue on LTIP awards and 
are paid on those shares 
which vest.
Malus (of any unvested 
LTIP) and clawback (of any 
vested LTIP) provisions 
apply (see below).
The LTIP provides for 
annual awards of up 
to 300% of salary for 
Executive Directors.
The Committee reserves 
the right to review the 
maximum opportunity 
to ensure that the overall 
remuneration package 
remains competitive.
Under each measure, 
threshold performance 
will result in 25% of 
maximum vesting for 
that element, rising on 
a straight-line basis to 
full vesting for achieving 
Stretch performance.
Vesting of LTIP awards 
is subject to Company 
performance and 
continued employment.
The Committee has 
discretion to adjust the 
formulaic LTIP outcome 
both upwards (within 
the policy limits) and 
downwards to ensure 
alignment of pay with the 
underlying performance 
of the business over the 
performance period.
The Committee is undertaking 
a review of the structure of, 
and performance measures 
attached, to the long-term 
incentive plan to ensure they 
are appropriate to support 
the execution of strategy and 
the long-term creation of 
shareholder value. We intend 
to provide further details on 
our planned approach as part 
of our Notice of AGM. 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
86

NOTES TO THE POLICY TABLE 
MALUS AND CLAWBACK 
Malus and clawback provisions may be applied for a period  
of  five years from grant in the following circumstances: 
•	 Material misstatement of  results; 
•	 An act or omission by the participants which would  
enable the Company to summarily dismiss them; 
•	 An error in assessing the performance conditions; 
•	 Serious reputational damage to the Company or any  
other Group Company; 
•	 Material corporate failure in the Company or any  
other Group Company; and 
•	 Any other instance where the Remuneration Committee 
regards it appropriate.
PERFORMANCE MEASURES 
For 2025, as in prior years, the annual bonus and the LTIP 
award will continue to be based primarily on turnover and 
adjusted EBITDA as these are considered by the Board to be 
the most important key performance indicators for Fever-Tree, 
and are well aligned with Fever-Tree’s short and long-term 
strategy. Fever-Tree operates in a segment which is attractive 
to new entrants and it is therefore critical to drive market 
penetration and consequent revenue growth as fast as possible. 
The Committee is mindful of  shareholder guidance around 
similar performance measures being used in both the annual 
bonus and the LTIP; however, for the reasons outlined, the 
Committee considers that this approach remains appropriate 
especially given the recent introduction of  strategic measures 
with the annual bonus and the introduction of  an ESG metric 
within the LTIP. 
As noted above, for 2025, recognising the transformational 
nature of  the Molson Coors partnership in the US, the 
strategic element will be upweighted to 50% of  the total 
bonus based on metrics linked to the successful execution and 
integration of  the Molson Coors partnership as well as driving 
forward its strategic ambitions for the non-US business.
For the LTIP, an ESG metric reflects the importance of  the 
sustainability agenda in supporting long-term value creation 
for all stakeholders. 
Targets applying to the annual bonus and LTIP awards are 
reviewed annually, based on internal and external reference 
points, and are set to be stretching but achievable with regard 
to the particular strategic priorities in a given year. Annual 
bonus targets are considered commercially sensitive and will 
be disclosed one year after the end of  the performance period. 
Taking shareholder feedback into account, we now disclose  
our stretching LTIP targets within one year of  grant rather 
than at vesting.
SHAREHOLDING GUIDELINES 
The Committee continues to recognise the importance of 
Executive Directors aligning their interests with shareholders 
through building up significant shareholdings in the Company. 
In 2024, following feedback received from shareholders, our 
shareholding guidelines were increased to require Executive 
Directors to acquire a holding equivalent to 300% of  base 
salary (previously 200% of  salary) within five years of  joining 
the Company or the guideline increasing. Until the relevant 
shareholding levels are acquired, vested but unexercised 
awards are included in shareholding guidelines on a net 
of  tax basis. Details of  the Executive Directors’ current 
personal shareholdings are provided in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration and are in excess of  the requirement. 
The Committee has previously considered whether it  
would be appropriate to introduce annual bonus deferral, 
an additional LTIP holding period and/or post-employment 
shareholding guidelines. After careful consideration, the 
Committee concluded that the current leaver provisions under 
the LTIP along with the current shareholdings in the business 
of  both Executive Directors, supported by the shareholding 
guidelines, ensure the continued alignment of  the interests  
of  our Executive Directors with those of  our shareholders  
both within employment and post-cessation of  employment.  
The Committee is however mindful of  shareholder 
expectations in this area and will keep its approach in these 
areas under review. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
87

REMUNERATION REPORT continued
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR POLICY TABLE 
Details of  the policy on fees paid to our Non-Executive Directors and how this policy will be implemented for 2025 are set out in 
the table below:
Element (purpose and link to 
strategy)
Operation
Opportunity
Performance metrics
Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy for 2025
Fees
To attract and retain Non-
Executive Directors of the 
highest calibre with broad 
commercial and other 
experience relevant to 
the Company.
The Chair and Non-
Executive Directors 
receive a basic fee for 
their respective roles. 
Additional fees may be 
payable to Non-Executive 
Directors for additional 
services such as acting 
as Senior Independent 
Director or as Chair 
of any of the Board’s 
Committees, etc. 
Fee levels are reviewed 
from time to time 
against similar roles at 
comparable companies, 
taking into account 
time, commitment and 
responsibility of the role, 
with any adjustments 
normally effective 1 
January in the year 
following review.
The fees paid to the Chair 
are determined by the 
Committee, whilst the 
fees of the Non-Executive 
Directors are determined 
by the Chair, CEO and CFO.
There is no maximum fee 
increase. 
It is expected that 
increases to Non-
Executive Director fee 
levels will be in line with 
salaried employees over 
the life of the policy. 
However, in the event 
that there is a material 
misalignment with the 
market or a change in the 
complexity, responsibility 
or time commitment 
required to fulfil a Non-
Executive Director role, 
the Board has discretion 
to make an appropriate 
adjustment to the fee 
level.
Not performance related.
With effect from 1 January 
2024, the Chair’s fee was 
increased to £192,937. For 2025, 
this will be increased by 3% to 
£198,725.
Fees for Non-Executive 
Directors were increased  
by 3% as follows: 
•	 Basic Non-Executive 
Director fee – £62,456
•	 Senior Independent 
Director additional fee – 
£7,949
•	 Audit and Remuneration 
Committee Chair fee – 
£11,356
These increases are in line 
with the typical increase of 
3% given to the wider UK 
workforce for 2025.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
88

APPROACH TO RECRUITMENT REMUNERATION 
In the case of  appointing a new Executive Director, the Committee may make use of  any or all of  the existing components of 
remuneration, as described in the policy table.
In determining appropriate remuneration for a new Executive Director, the Committee will take into consideration all relevant 
factors (including quantum, nature of  remuneration and the jurisdiction from which the candidate was recruited) to ensure that 
the pay arrangements are in the best interests of  Fever-Tree and its shareholders. 
The Committee may consider it appropriate to grant an award under a structure not included in the Policy, for example to buy 
out remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer. In doing so, the Committee will consider all relevant 
factors, including the form of  awards, expected value and vesting timeframe of  forfeited opportunities. When determining any 
such buy-out award, the guiding principle is that awards would generally be on a like-for-like basis unless this is considered by 
the Committee not to be practical or appropriate. 
SERVICE CONTRACTS 
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
The Executive Directors signed new service contracts with the Company on admission to AIM. These are not of  fixed duration and are 
terminable by either party giving 12 months’ written notice. Executive Directors’ contracts may be terminated early by making a payment 
in lieu of  notice. Any payments in lieu of  notice will normally be based on base salary only but may also include pension and benefits.
Executive Director
Date of service contract
Tim Warrillow
3 November 2014
Andy Branchflower
3 November 2014
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
The Non-Executive Directors signed letters of appointment with the Company for the provision of Non-Executive Directors’ services, which 
may be terminated by either party giving one month’s written notice. The Non-Executive Directors’ fees are determined by the Board.
Non-Executive Director
Initial agreement date
Expiry date of current agreement
Domenic De Lorenzo
17 May 2018
25 May 2026
Kevin Havelock
11 January 2018
11 January 2027
Jeff Popkin
11 January 2018
11 January 2027
Laura Hagan
20 May 2021
20 May 2027
Clare Swindell
25 May 2023
25 May 2026
David Lapp
1 January 2024
1 January 2027
EXIT PAYMENT POLICY 
In the event that an Executive Director leaves, LTIP awards will normally lapse, unless the individual is considered a ‘good 
leaver’. ‘Good leavers’ retain an interest in LTIP awards, with performance normally tested at the end of  the relevant three-year 
performance period and awards normally pro-rated for time based on the proportion of  the vesting period served. An individual 
would normally be considered a ‘good leaver’ if  they leave for reasons of  death, ill-health, injury, redundancy, retirement with 
the agreement of  the Company, or such event as the Remuneration Committee determines. 
Similarly, in respect of  the annual bonus, if  an Executive Director leaves, they would normally lose any entitlement for bonus, 
unless a ‘good leaver’. ‘Good leavers’ retain an interest in the bonus and the award is normally pro-rated for time and performance. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
89

REMUNERATION REPORT continued
CONSIDERATION OF CONDITIONS  
ELSEWHERE IN THE COMPANY 
Fever-Tree remains in many ways a small group of  companies, 
with around 380 employees globally. 
The Committee normally considers the range of  base pay 
increases across the Company when determining the base 
salary increases for Executive Directors. 
The Remuneration Committee does not consult with 
employees over the effectiveness and appropriateness of  the 
executive remuneration policy and framework; however, 
Remuneration Committee members are also Board members 
and therefore receive updates from the Executive Directors on 
their discussions and consultations with the wider employee 
population and senior colleagues present to the Board on a 
regular basis. This includes the Chief  People Officer who also 
attends Remuneration Committee meetings. 
In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, Kevin 
Havelock was appointed in 2018 as the Company’s designated 
Non-Executive Director who is responsible for engaging with 
employees and ensuring that the employee voice is represented 
in the boardroom. During 2024, he attended employee group 
meetings throughout the Group’s network. Feedback received 
through these channels was fed into Board discussions. 
CONSIDERATION OF SHAREHOLDER VIEWS 
The Committee is committed to ongoing dialogue with 
shareholders and welcomes feedback on Directors’ 
remuneration. 
The Committee will continue to monitor trends and 
developments in corporate governance and market practice to 
ensure the structure of  executive remuneration at Fever-Tree 
remains appropriate in the context of  both the Company’s 
growth and the governance environment. The Committee will 
continue to regularly engage with shareholders as appropriate.
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION 
The following section provides details of  how Fever-Tree’s 
remuneration policy was implemented during the financial 
year ending 31 December 2024. 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP AND 
ACTIVITIES IN 2024 
The Remuneration Committee’s members at 31 December 
2024 were Laura Hagan, who is the Chair of  the Committee, 
Domenic De Lorenzo, Kevin Havelock, David Lapp and Clare 
Swindell. All members of  the Committee are independent 
Non-Executive Directors; Domenic De Lorenzo was 
independent on his appointment. Jeff  Popkin is also regularly 
invited to attend meetings. 
The Committee operates under the Group’s agreed Terms 
of  Reference which sets out its duties, including reviewing all 
senior executive appointments and determining the Group’s 
policy in respect of  the terms of  employment, including 
remuneration packages of  Executive Directors and other 
designated members of  senior management (including the 
Company Secretary). 
The Committee’s Terms of  Reference are available on the 
Company’s website (www.fever-tree.com) and on request from 
the Company Secretary. The Remuneration Committee met 
formally three times during 2024 and also on an ad-hoc basis 
when required.
Remuneration Committee activities during the year were  
as follows:
•	 Approval of  the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2023
•	 Review and approval of  Executive Director performance 
against annual bonus targets for 2023 
•	 Review and approval of  Executive Director performance 
against 2021 LTIP targets
•	 Determination of  Executive Director performance targets 
for incentives for 2024 
•	 Review and development of  Executive Director 
remuneration arrangements, including consulting with 
shareholders on the same
•	 Review of  developments in corporate governance and best 
practice 
•	 Review of  remuneration arrangements for Executive 
Directors, senior management and the wider Group
ADVISERS 
During the year, the Committee sought internal support from 
the Chief  Executive Officer, Chief  Financial Officer and 
Chief  People Officer, who attended Committee meetings by 
invitation from the Committee Chair, to advise on specific 
questions raised by the Committee and on matters relating to 
the performance and remuneration of  senior managers. The 
Chief  Executive Officer, Chief  Financial Officer, Chief  People 
Officer and Chair were not present for any discussions that 
related directly to decisions on their own remuneration. 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
90

The Committee has appointed Deloitte to provide independent advice on executive remuneration matters. Deloitte is a signatory 
to the Code of  Conduct for Remuneration Consultants in the UK. The fees paid to Deloitte in relation to advice provided to the 
Committee for 2024 were £47,575. The Committee evaluates the support provided by Deloitte annually and is comfortable that 
they do not have any connections with Fever-Tree that may impair their independence. No non-remuneration related advice was 
provided by Deloitte to the Group in the year.
SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION FOR DIRECTORS
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Director for the year ended 31 December 
2024 and the prior year:
Basic salary / fees 
(£k)
Taxable benefits 
(£k)
Pension 
(£k)
Annual bonus 
(£k)
LTIP 
(£k)
Total 
(£k)
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
2024
2023
20241
2023
2024
2023
Executive Director
Tim Warrillow
565
443
2
3
56
40
396
133
74
0
1,093
619
Andy Branchflower
385
285
2
3
39
26
270
85
47
0
743
399
Non-Executive Director
Domenic De Lorenzo
193
138
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
193
138
Kevin Havelock
68
62
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
68
62
Jeff Popkin
61
58
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
61
58
Laura Hagan
72
64
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
72
64
Clare Swindell
72
41
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
72
41
David Lapp
61
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
61
–
1.	 LTIP awards granted in 2022 vest on 27 April 2025 based on performance to 2024. These awards are due to vest at 9.5% of maximum. The share price used to value the 
award vesting for the purpose of this table is 723p (the three-month average share price to 31 December 2024). None of the value is attributable to share price growth in  
the period.
INCENTIVE OUTCOMES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
ANNUAL BONUS IN RESPECT OF 2024 PERFORMANCE
For 2024, the maximum annual bonus award was 150% of  salary for Tim Warrillow and Andy Branchflower.
Performance was measured based 50% on turnover, 30% on adjusted EBITDA and 20% on a scorecard of  strategic measures 
linked to new product development and innovation, route to market optimisation and product capabilities. The performance 
targets were set to be stretching in the context of  the external environment, ensuring that the maximum pay out would only be 
achieved if  exceptional performance was delivered. 
Revenue for 2024 on a constant currency basis was £374.0m resulting in a pay-out just above the threshold target. Adjusted 
EBITDA performance on a constant currency basis was £53.6m, resulting in a pay-out between target and maximum. Overall, 
in respect of  the financial performance measures which were assessed on a constant currency basis, the pay-out was 33% of 
maximum for 2024. 
The Committee considered performance against the strategic measures and in particular the significant advancements made 
in the year which resulted in the long-term strategic partnership with Molson Coors. This partnership brings various strategic 
benefits to Fever-Tree, including scale and platform in the US, a step change in investment and local US production. Since 
entering the US market, Fever-Tree has built a market-leading position, which combined with Molson Coors’ expertise, scale  
and total beverage ambition, provides a transformational platform to drive the brand to the next level in its largest and most 
dynamic market. 
Overall, it was determined that the strategic element would pay out in full, resulting in an overall bonus of  47% of  maximum.
Fever-Tree has grown rapidly since its establishment and our strategic focus is on continuing to drive rapid expansion to cement 
our market-leading position. Our market is highly competitive, and the Committee strongly believes that the financial targets set 
for our incentive arrangements could provide market intelligence to our competitors which could be damaging to our business 
and therefore ultimately to shareholders. Consequently, and in line with previous years, we have not disclosed our annual bonus 
financial targets for 2024, but we plan to do so next year, provided the Board is comfortable that this information is no longer 
commercially sensitive.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
91

REMUNERATION REPORT continued
ANNUAL BONUS TARGETS FOR 2023
Last year, we committed to disclose within this report the annual bonus targets for 2023, unless the Board considered that these 
targets continue to be commercially sensitive. In keeping with this commitment, we have provided these performance targets 
below. Overall, the Executive Directors received a bonus of  20% of  maximum in respect of  2023.
Weighting
Threshold 
25% payout
Target 
50% payout
Maximum 
100% payout
Actual performance 
achieved for 2023
Payout 
(% of maximum)
Turnover
60%
£390.0m
£396.7m
£410.0m
£364.4m
0%
Adjusted EBITDA 
20%
£37.3m
£39.6m
£44.2m
£30.0m
0%
Strategic and ESG 
20%
Scorecard approach
100%
Total
20%
In 2023, when determining the outcome under the strategic and ESG element, the Committee noted the significant positive 
progress in the year, in particular in relation to the diversification of  the portfolio via innovation initiatives, the measures taken 
to improve adjusted EBITDA margin, and the continued progress against the Group’s sustainability strategy. More detail can be 
found in last year’s Annual Report.
LTIP VESTING IN RESPECT OF 2024 PERFORMANCE 
LTIP awards granted in 2022 vest on 27 April 2025 based on performance to the end of  2024. These awards consisted of  a 
“core” LTIP award based 75% on revenue and 25% on adjusted EBITDA, and an additional LTIP based on international 
revenue. The targets were set, taking into account internal and external reference points, to be stretching with regard to our 
strategic priorities and the economic environment at the time. For the “core” LTIP award, while revenue performance was below 
threshold, adjusted EBITDA performance meant an overall vesting outcome of  14.2% of  maximum. For the additional LTIP 
award, international revenue growth was below threshold and as a result this award will lapse in full. 
PERFORMANCE TARGETS FOR THE 2022 LTIP AWARD
“CORE” LTIP AWARD
Weighting
Target 25% vesting
Maximum 100% payout
Performance achieved
Portion vesting
Turnover
75%
£398.3m
£441.1m
£368.5m
0%
Adjusted EBITDA
25%
£45.8m
£57.3m
£50.7m
57.0%
Total 
14.2%
ADDITIONAL LTIP AWARD
Weighting
Target 25% vesting
Maximum 100% payout
Performance achieved
Portion vesting
International Revenue1
100%
£281.4m
£305.1m
£252.9m
0%
Total 
0%
1 Defined as Group revenue less UK revenue less GDP portfolio brand revenue.
The overall vesting outcome for the 2022 LTIP award was 9.5% of  maximum.
SCHEME INTERESTS AWARDED IN 2024
2024 LTIP
In 2024, an LTIP award was granted at a face value of  300% of  salary to both Executive Directors. The awards will vest on 3 
May 2027 subject to the achievement of  a stretching performance condition based 70% on turnover, 20% on adjusted EBITDA 
and 10% on a scorecard of  ESG measures. 
The three-year performance period began on 1 January 2024 and will end on 31 December 2026.
Executive Director
Date of grant
Face value1
End of 
performance period
Performance measures
Tim Warrillow
3 May 2024
150,133 shares 
(£1.695m)
31 December 2026
70% on turnover, 20% on adjusted EBITDA and 10% on 
a scorecard of ESG measures
(25% vests for threshold performance, increasing on a  
straight line to full vesting for stretch performance)
Andy Branchflower
3 May 2024
 102,303 shares 
(£1.155m) 
1.	 Face value based on the average ordinary share price in the Company for the two months immediately preceding the date of grant of £11.29.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
92

PERFORMANCE TARGETS FOR THE 2024 LTIP AWARD
LTIP performance targets for the above awards were set, taking into account internal and external reference points, to be 
stretching but achievable with regard to our strategic priorities and the economic environment. 
Weighting
Target 25% vesting
Maximum 100% payout
Turnover
70%
£375.2m
£470.6m
Adjusted EBITDA 
20%
£54.9m
£68.9m
ESG
10%
Scorecard approach
The ESG scoreboard include quantitative and qualitative objectives within each of  our Sustainability pillars set out our 
Sustainability Review starting on page 30. 
The Committee is mindful of  the impact that the Molson Coors partnership and the significant change in the external 
environment has on the above targets and is concerned about the potential disconnect between formulaic performance outcomes 
and the performance of  management in driving strategic change in the short-term and building foundations for future growth. 
While the Committee does not intend to formally adjust these targets, we have revised our expectations of  performance for the 
remainder of  the performance period and will set ‘shadow targets’ reflecting the impact of  the Molson Coors partnership and 
the on-going uncertainty in the external environment on the business. The Committee will consider performance in the context 
of  these ‘shadow targets’ as well as continuing to assess the appropriateness of  outcomes in the round and expects to use its 
discretion to adjust outcomes upwards, when compared to performance the original targets, based on all relevant considerations 
at the time of  vesting of  the relevant award.
EXIT PAYMENTS MADE IN THE YEAR 
There were no payments for loss of  office in the year. 
PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS 
There were no payments to past Directors in the year.
PAY FOR PERFORMANCE 
The following chart compares the total shareholder return performance (TSR) of  the Group vs. the FTSE 250 and AIM 100 
indices since 1 January 2015. The AIM 100 index has been chosen as this is the index of  which the Company is a constituent. 
The FTSE 250 has been chosen as it includes other companies of  comparable market capitalisation to Fever-Tree.
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE
 Fever-Tree 
 FTSE 250 
 AIM 100
£1800
£1600
£1400
£1200
£1000
£800
£600
£400
£200
£0
31 Dec 14
31 Dec 15
31 Dec 16
31 Dec 17
31 Dec 18
31 Dec 19
31 Dec 20
31 Dec 21
31 Dec 22
31 Dec 23
31 Dec 24
The chart shows the value by 31 December 2024 of  £100 invested in Fever-Tree on 1 January 2015, compared with the value of 
£100 invested in the FTSE 250 Index and the FTSE AIM 100 Index on the same date. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
93

REMUNERATION REPORT continued
The table below shows the CEO’s single figure pay since 2014 and what percentage of  the maximum bonus and LTIP vesting 
was achieved each year.
2015 
£000
2016 
£000
2017 
£000
20181 
£000
2019 
£000
2020 
£000
2021 
£000
2022 
£000
2023 
£000
2024 
£000
CEO single figure (£000)
460
725
842
4,098
1,373
904
823
1,027 
 619
1,093
Annual bonus payout (% of maximum)
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
81%
65%
17%
20%
47%
LTIP vesting (% of maximum)
–
–
–
100%
100%
0%
0%
47%
0%
9.5%
1.	 The CEO single figure for 2018 includes the value of the 2016 LTIP award. This award, which vested in full, had a value of £3,176k given share price growth of over 300% 
between the date of grant and date of vest.
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS AND SHAREHOLDING 
The table below shows the shareholding of  each Director against their respective shareholding requirement as at 31 December 2024:
Director
Ordinary shares at 
31 Dec 2024
Options held (including nil-cost options 
granted under the LTIP)
Shareholding req. 
(% salary)
Req. met?
Vested but not 
exercised
Unvested 
and subject 
to continued 
employment
Options exercised
Tim Warrillow
5,575,172
32,224
422,328
-
300%
Yes
Andy Branchflower
141,488
20,718
277,298
-
300%
Yes
Dom De Lorenzo
49,550
–
–
–
–
–
Kevin Havelock
216,000
–
–
–
–
–
Jeff Popkin
73,955
–
–
–
–
–
Laura Hagan
634
–
–
–
–
–
Clare Swindell
0
–
–
–
–
–
David Lapp
0
–
–
–
–
–
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES AND OPTIONS 
The individual interests of  the Executive Directors under the Group’s share option schemes are as follows:
Date of 
grant
Share price1
Exercise 
price
Number of shares/ 
options awarded
Face value at grant
Performance period
Release date
Tim Warrillow
LTIP
03/05/24
1,129p
0.25p
150,133
£1,695,002 
01/01/2024 – 31/12/2026 
03/05/27
LTIP
03/05/23
1,208p
0.25p
164,865
£1,991,569
01/01/2023 – 31/12/2025
03/05/26
LTIP
27/04/22
1,751p
0.25p
107,330
£1,879,348
01/01/2022 – 31/12/2024
27/04/25
Andy Branchflower
LTIP
03/05/24
1,129p
0.25p
102,303
£1,155,001
01/01/2024 – 31/12/2026
03/05/27
LTIP
03/05/23
1,208p
0.25p
105,991
£1,280,371
01/01/2023 – 31/12/2025
03/05/26
LTIP
27/04/22
1,751p
0.25p
69,004
£1,208,260
01/01/2022 – 31/12/2024
27/04/25
1.	 Based on the average mid-market price of an ordinary share in the Company for the two months immediately preceding the date of grant.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
94

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
The Directors present their report 
together with the audited financial 
statements for the year ended 31 
December 2024. The Corporate 
Governance Statement on pages 72 to 75 
also forms part of  this Directors’ Report. 
DIVIDENDS 
The Board is pleased to recommend a 
final dividend of  11.12 pence per share, 
bringing the total dividend for 2024 
to 16.97 pence per share (2023: 16.64 
pence per share). 
DIRECTORS 
The Directors of  the Group during the 
period and to the date of  this report are 
as follows: 
D De Lorenzo
TDG Warrillow
AJ Branchflower
LK Hagan 
KJ Havelock 
D Lapp 
J Popkin 
CL Swindell 
Brief  biographical details of  the current 
Directors are given on pages 70 and 71. 
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS 
The Directors’ interests in the 
Company’s shares and options over 
ordinary shares are shown in the 
Remuneration Report on page 94. 
No Director has any beneficial interest 
in the share capital of  any subsidiary or 
associate undertaking. 
DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITY 
PROVISIONS 
As permitted by the Articles of 
Association, the Directors have the 
benefit of  an indemnity, which is 
a qualifying third party indemnity 
provision as defined by s236 of  the 
Companies Act 2006. The indemnity 
was in force throughout the financial 
period and at the date of  approval of  
the financial statements. 
The Group also purchased and 
maintained throughout the financial 
period Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance in respect of  itself  and 
its Directors. 
POLITICAL DONATIONS 
The Group made no political donations 
in the financial period. 
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION 
TO AUDITOR 
As far as the Directors are aware, there 
is no relevant audit information (that 
is, information needed by the Group’s 
auditor in connection with preparing 
their Report) of  which the Group’s 
auditor is unaware, and each Director 
has taken all reasonable steps that they 
ought to have taken as a Director in 
order to make themselves aware of 
any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Group’s auditor is 
aware of  that information. 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 
The financial risk management 
objectives of  the Group, including credit 
risk, interest rate risk and currency 
risk, are provided in note 3 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements on 
pages 119 to 122. 
SUBSIDIARIES 
As at 31 December 2024, the Company 
had 11 subsidiaries; a complete list is 
provided at note 15 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements on page 130. 
The Company announced the sale of 
Fevertree USA Inc. to Molson Coors as 
part of  the wider strategic partnership 
announced on 30 January 2025. The sale 
completed on 31 January 2025.
SHARE CAPITAL STRUCTURE 
As at 31 December 2024, the Company’s 
issued share capital was £291,844.84 
divided into 116,737,934 ordinary shares 
of  0.25 pence each. Further details of 
the Company’s issued share capital are 
given in note 21 on page 134. 
The Company’s ordinary shares rank 
pari passu in all respects with each other, 
including for voting purposes and for all 
dividends. Each share carries the right to 
one vote at general meetings  
of  the Company. 
Further information on the voting and 
other rights of  shareholders, including 
deadlines for exercising voting rights, 
are set out in the Company’s Articles 
of  Association and in the explanatory 
notes that accompany the Notice of 
the Annual General Meeting, which 
are available on the Company’s website 
(www.fever-tree.com). 
RESTRICTION ON SHARES 
The Company’s ordinary shares are 
freely transferable and there are no 
restrictions on the size of  a holding. 
Transfers of  shares are governed by the 
provisions of  the Articles of  Association 
and prevailing legislation. The ordinary 
shares are not redeemable; however, 
the Company may purchase any of  the 
ordinary shares, subject to prevailing 
legislation and other relevant rules. 
The Directors are not aware of  any 
agreements between holders of  the 
Company’s shares that may result in the 
restriction of  the transfer of  securities  
or on voting rights. No shareholder 
holds securities carrying any special 
rights or control over the Company’s 
share capital. 
AUTHORITY TO ALLOT AND 
PURCHASE OWN SHARES 
At the 2024 Annual General Meeting, 
the Directors were granted the authority 
to allot ordinary shares in the Company 
up to an aggregate nominal value of 
£97,238.87. The Company was also 
authorised by shareholder resolution  
at the 2024 Annual General Meeting  
to purchase up to 10% of  its issued  
share capital. No shares were allotted  
or purchased by the Company during 
the year under these authorities. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
95

DIRECTORS’ REPORT continued
SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS 
As of  31 December 2024, the Company is aware of  the following holdings of  significant shareholders in the Company 
(as defined in the AIM Rules). 
Name 
Holding (shares, millions) 
% 
Lindsell Train Investment Mgt 
15.9 
13.6 
Fundsmith 
6.2 
5.3 
Liontrust 
5.7 
4.9 
Ninety One 
5.6 
4.8 
Mr Timothy Warrillow 
5.6 
4.8 
Mr Charles Rolls 
5.1 
4.4 
Baillie Gifford & Co 
3.7 
3.2 
SHARE OPTION SCHEMES 
Details of  employee share schemes are 
set out in note 22 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 
APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT 
OF DIRECTORS 
The rules for appointing and replacing 
Directors are set out in the Company’s 
Articles of  Association. Directors can 
be appointed by ordinary resolution 
of  the Company or by the Board. The 
Company can remove a Director from 
office by passing an ordinary resolution. 
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION 
The Company’s Articles of  Association 
can only be amended by special 
resolution and are available at 
www.fever-tree.com/en_GB/investors. 
GOING CONCERN 
After making enquiries, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group and Parent Company have 
adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for at least 12 
months from the date of  approval of  
the financial statements. 
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS SINCE THE 
END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 
The Company announced a strategic 
partnership with Molson Coors in the 
US on 30 January 2025. This included 
the sale of  Fevertree USA Inc. to  
Molson Coors, which completed on  
31 January 2025.
On 17 February 2025, the Company 
announced the commencement of  a 
share buyback programme of  up to  
£71 million, which the Company  
are proposing to extend by a further  
£29 million, subject to AGM approval.
STRATEGIC REPORT 
This is set out on pages 12 to 67 and 
includes the Group’s Sustainability 
Review (which includes the Group’s 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting), a description of  how the 
Group engages with its key stakeholders 
and an indication of  potential future 
developments. 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 
The Group carries out such research and 
development as it deems necessary to 
support its principal activities. 
DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT 
The Directors believe that the annual 
report and financial statements, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy. 
The Directors have carried out a robust 
assessment of  the Group’s emerging and 
principal risks. There are disclosures 
in the annual report that describe the 
principal risks and the procedures in 
place to identify emerging risks and 
explain how they are being managed  
or mitigated. 
AUDITOR 
BDO LLP has expressed their 
willingness to continue in office as 
Auditor and a resolution to reappoint 
them will be proposed at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting. 
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 
The Annual General Meeting will be 
held on 5 June 2025 at 11.00 am. 
The ordinary business comprises receipt 
of  the Directors’ Report and audited 
financial statements for the year ended 
31 December 2024, approval of  the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report for 
the year ended 31 December 2024, 
the re-election of  Directors, the 
reappointment of  BDO LLP as Auditor 
and authorisation of  the Directors to 
determine the Auditor’s remuneration. 
The Notice of  Annual General Meeting 
and the ordinary and special resolutions 
to be put to the meeting will be 
separately announced by the Company. 
APPROVAL 
This Directors’ Report was approved by 
the Board and was signed on its behalf 
on 24 March 2025. 
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER 
Chief Financial Officer 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
96

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 
The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. 
Company law requires the Directors 
to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law, 
the Directors have elected to prepare 
the Group’s Consolidated Financial 
Statements in accordance with the 
UK adopted international accounting 
standards and the Company Financial 
Statements in accordance with FRS 101 
“Reduced Disclosure Framework”. Under 
company law, the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view of  the state of  affairs of  the 
Group and Company and of  the profit 
or loss of  the Group for that period. The 
Directors are also required to prepare 
financial statements in accordance with 
the rules of  the London Stock Exchange 
for companies trading securities on the 
Alternative Investment Market. 
In preparing these financial statements, 
the Directors are required to: 
•	 Select suitable accounting policies and 
then apply them consistently; 
•	 Make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; 
•	 State whether they have been prepared 
in accordance with the UK adopted 
IFRSs, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements; and 
•	 Prepare the financial statements on 
a going-concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business. 
The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy, at any time, 
the financial position of  the Group and 
Company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements comply with the 
requirements of  the Companies Act 2006. 
They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of  the Group and Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of  fraud and 
other irregularities. 
The Directors are responsible for 
ensuring the annual report and the 
financial statements are made available 
on a website. Financial statements are 
published on the Company’s website in 
accordance with legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of  financial statements, 
which may vary from legislation in other 
jurisdictions. The maintenance and 
integrity of  the Company’s website is 
the responsibility of  the Directors. The 
Directors’ responsibility also extends to 
the ongoing integrity of  the financial 
statements contained therein. 
APPROVAL 
This Statement of  Directors’ 
Responsibilities was approved by the 
Board and was signed on its behalf  on 
24 March 2025. 
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER 
Chief Financial Officer
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
97

The History of the SPRITZ
The Spritz started life as the German “spritzen” –  
a “splash” or “spray” of soda water added to wine by 
Austrian troops, stationed in modern-day Italy, who 
longed for the lower strength beers of home.
Adding blood oranges to cocktails is nothing  
new. In fact, the origins of our sensational blood 
orange Italian soda recipe have a history linked to 
that other refreshing Italian classic: the negroni.  
The fruit’s sweetness rounded off the harsher edges 
and added a stunning dash of colour.
Blood Orange Vodka Spritz takes this idea to a 
stunning conclusion. The versatility of vodka makes 
the ideal playmate to the bold, crowd-pleasing taste 
of the finest blood oranges Italy has to offer.
Vodka & Blood Orange  
Soda Spritz
Italian Blood Orange Soda
 
200ML OF FEVER-TREE ITALIAN BLOOD ORANGE SODA
50ML OF VODKA 
LOTS OF FRESH ICE
A FRESH SLICE OF ORANGE
HERE ARE THREE SIMPLE STEPS TO CREATE THE PERFECT  
BLOOD ORANGE COCKTAIL:
Step One: Fill a large wine glass to the top with ice.
Step Two: Add the Vodka.
Step Three: Pour in the Italian Blood Orange Soda.  
Garnish with a fresh slice of  orange and enjoy.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
98

Financial 
Statements
100 	 Independent Auditor’s Report
108 	 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and 
Other Comprehensive Income
109 	 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
110 	 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
111 	 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
112 	 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
138 	 Company Statement of Financial Position 
139 	 Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
140	 Notes to the Company Financial Statements
99
Financial Statements
Governance
Overview
Strategic Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
Opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:
•	 the financial statements give a true and fair view of  the state of  the Group’s and of  the Parent Company’s affairs as at  
31 December 2024 and of  the Group’s profit for the year then ended;
•	 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards;
•	 the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and
•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of  the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements of  Fevertree Drinks Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the 
year ended 31 December 2024 which comprise the Consolidated Statement of  Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income, 
the Consolidated Statement of  Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement of  Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Statement 
of  Cash Flows, notes to the Consolidated financial statements, the Company Statement of  Financial Position, the Company 
Statement of  Changes in Equity and notes to the Company financial statements, including a summary of  material accounting 
policy information. 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of  the Group financial statements is applicable law 
and UK adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation 
of  the Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial 
Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs(UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of  the financial 
statements section of  our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion. 
INDEPENDENCE
We remain independent of  the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of  the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of  the going concern basis of  accounting in the 
preparation of  the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of  the Directors’ assessment of  the Group and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of  accounting included:
•	 The Directors’ assessment of  going concern: we obtained an understanding of  the process undertaken by the Directors to 
prepare the going concern assessment and how the impacts of  global geopolitical uncertainty and the inflationary environment 
have been evaluated and incorporated into the forecasts.
•	 Assessment of  assumptions within the cash flow forecasts: we challenged the assumptions used in the forecasts, in particular 
the sales growth rates, gross margins and cash flows generated from operations against actuals achieved in recent financial 
years. We considered the Group’s assessment of  the impact of  the current macro-economic and UK economic environment, 
as well as the geopolitical landscape, and we have corroborated the Group assumptions used to external references where 
possible. Additionally, we considered the Group’s assessment of  the impact of  the sale of  Fevertree USA Inc post year-end and 
the signing of  the exclusive license agreement with Molson Coors.
•	 Testing that the forecasts were consistent with the latest approved budgets and testing the numerical accuracy of  the going 
concern model.
•	 Cash balances: we selected a sample of  the Group’s cash balances and agreed these to post year end bank statements and 
compared these to the amounts included in the forecast.
•	 Sensitivity analysis: evaluation of  sensitivities over the Group’s cash flows to changes in the significant inputs and assumptions 
used. The analysis considered reasonably possible adverse effects that could arise as a result of  a decrease in sales or a greater 
than anticipated increase in operating costs.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
100

•	 Post year end trading performance: comparison of  the post year end trading results to the forecasts so as to evaluate the 
accuracy and achievability of  the forecasts prepared.
•	 Disclosures: evaluation of  the adequacy of  the disclosures (note 1) in relation to the specific risks posed and scenarios the 
Group has considered in reaching their going concern assessment.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of  at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of  the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of  this report.
Overview
2024
2023
Key audit matters
Revenue recognition – completeness of customer arrangement accruals
Y
Y
Materiality
Group financial statements as a whole
£3.6m (2023: £3.6m) based on 1% (2023: 1%) of group revenue
An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of  the Group and its environment, the applicable financial 
reporting framework and the Group’s system of  internal control. On the basis of  this, we identified and assessed the risks of 
material misstatement of  the Group financial statements including with respect to the consolidation process. We then applied 
professional judgement to focus our audit procedures on the areas that posed the greatest risks to the group financial statements. 
We continually assessed risks throughout our audit, revising the risks where necessary, with the aim of  reducing the group risk of 
material misstatement to an acceptable level, in order to provide a basis for our opinion.
COMPONENTS
The Group consists of  12 entities, including the Parent company, which are registered in the UK, US, Germany and Australia. 
The Group has both centralised controls implemented by the Group and individual controls implemented by each entity within 
the Group.
Out of  the 12 entities: 
•	 1 entity is a parent company.
•	 6 entities operate on the same system and are under common control, thus considered as one component.
•	 1 entity is dormant, has no financial impact on the financial statements, and is not deemed a component.
•	 The remaining 4 entities consist of  1 manufacturing entity and 3 drinks distribution entities, which operate on the same 
systems as other entities in the Group but are managed by separate finance functions. 
Based on the nature of  the entities in the Group, and the processes and controls of  the entities, we have deemed there to be  
6 components within the Group. 
For the 6 components, we used a combination of  risk assessment procedures and further audit procedures to obtain sufficient 
appropriate evidence.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
101

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
PROCEDURES PERFORMED AT THE COMPONENT LEVEL
We performed procedures to respond to group risks of  material misstatement at the component level that included the following.
Component
Component Name
Entity
Procedures
1
Parent Company 
Fevertree Drinks Plc
Fevertree Drinks Plc
Statutory audit
2
UK Component
Fevertree Ltd, Fevertree UK Ltd, Fevertree Europe Ltd, 
Fevertree ROW Ltd, Fevertree Germany Ltd, Fevertree US Ltd
Procedures on the entire financial 
information of the component and statutory 
audits where required
3
Fevertree USA Inc
Fevertree USA Inc
Procedures on one or more classes of 
transactions, account balances or disclosures
4
Fevertree USA 
Production Co Inc
Fevertree USA 
Production Co Inc
Procedures on one or more classes of 
transactions, account balances or disclosures
5
Fevertree Australia Ltd
Fevertree Australia Ltd
Procedures on one or more classes of 
transactions, account balances or disclosures
6
Global Drinks 
Partnership Gmbh
Global Drinks 
Partnership Gmbh
Procedures on one or more classes of 
transactions, account balances or disclosures
The Group engagement team has performed all procedures directly and has not involved component auditors in the Group audit.
PROCEDURES PERFORMED CENTRALLY
We considered there to be a high degree of  centralisation of  financial reporting and commonality of  controls, as well as 
similarity of  the Group’s activities in the period in relation to:
•	 Goodwill;
•	 Leases;
•	 Expected credit loss;
•	 Derivative financial instruments;
•	 Tax balances;
•	 Share based payments;
•	 Consolidation, financial statement preparation and cash flow statement;
•	 Going concern; and
•	 Laws and regulations.
We therefore designed and performed procedures centrally in these areas.
The group operates a centralised IT function that supports IT processes for certain components. This IT function is subject to 
specified risk-focused audit procedures, predominantly the testing of  the relevant IT general controls and IT application controls.
LOCATIONS
Fevertree Drinks Plc’s operations are spread over a number of  different geographical locations. We visited 2 locations out of  a 
total of  4 locations. Our teams conducted procedures in Fevertree Drinks Plc’s locations in the UK and in the US and worked 
remotely with digital information provided by Global Drinks Partnership GmbH and FT Australia Pty Ltd.
In addition, inventory counts conducted by third parties managing warehouses were attended by BDO network firms at certain 
overseas locations.
CHANGES FROM THE PRIOR YEAR
There have been no significant changes to the Group audit scope from the prior year. However, due to the implementation of 
ISA (UK) 600 Revised, we have re-evaluated the scope of  the audit to focus on the group risks and the sources of  those risks 
which has resulted in a change in the scope of  work in respect of  the audit of  the group’s components. 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
102

KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of  most significance in our audit of  the financial 
statements of  the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of  material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of  resources 
in the audit, and directing the efforts of  the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of  our audit of  the 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
Key audit matter
How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter
Revenue recognition 
– completeness of customer 
arrangement accruals
£17.4m (2023: £17.4m) accruals 
for customer arrangements 
included in Accruals in note 
18: Trade and other payables 
Note 1 sets out the 
accounting policies for 
customer arrangements under 
the Revenue Recognition 
policy 
Note 2 sets out the Critical 
accounting estimates and 
judgements for customer 
arrangements
The Group agrees promotional sales-
related discount arrangements with 
certain distributors and customers and, 
for some agreements, also contributes 
towards marketing and campaign 
expenditure to support and develop the 
Fever-Tree brand.
The accounting for these arrangements 
within revenue and accruals is 
complex and judgemental. This gives 
rise to scope for misstatement in 
the measurement and recognition 
of customer arrangements. As these 
amounts are material and revenue is a 
key performance indicator, we consider 
there to be a risk of management 
override. Management could manipulate 
reported revenue and profit through 
incomplete recording of the discounts 
and contributions.
Due to the significance of the impact 
of these arrangements on revenue 
and profit, and the level of judgement 
and estimate required, we therefore 
identified completeness of customer 
arrangement accruals as a significant area 
of focus for our audit and hence a key 
audit matter.
Our audit procedures included the following:
•	
We selected a sample of significant new and modified contracts with 
customers and distributors, and through discussion with management 
where appropriate we obtained an understanding of the arrangements 
in place together with management’s accounting treatment of them. 
We challenged whether the accounting treatment of these contracts 
followed the terms of the contracts and were in accordance with the 
relevant accounting standards.
•	
We tested whether amounts were recorded in the correct accounting 
period, by recalculating a sample of accruals for both marketing 
commitments and price arrangements in place around the year end.
•	
We obtained corroborative third-party evidence or suitable 
documentation prepared by the Group to confirm the accounting 
treatment for these customer arrangements, including around 
year end to confirm that they have been recognised in the correct 
accounting period.
•	
We performed an assessment on prior period accruals which were still 
recognised at the balance sheet date to check whether these should 
have been released during the year.
•	
We tested a sample of post-year end revenue and marketing expense 
entries to check whether the accruals at year end were complete.
Key observations:
•	
Based on our audit procedures, we have not identified evidence of 
inappropriate management override in the recording of revenue 
relating to customer arrangements, and we concluded that the 
judgements made by management in the completeness and accuracy 
of recognising these arrangements to be appropriate.
Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of  materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of  misstatements. 
We consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic 
decisions of  reasonable users that are taken on the basis of  the financial statements. 
In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower 
materiality level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of  testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these 
levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of  the nature of  identified misstatements, and the 
particular circumstances of  their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
103

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance 
materiality as follows:
Group financial statements
Parent company financial statements
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Materiality
3.6
3.6
1.7
1.7
Basis for determining materiality
1% of revenue
2% of total 
assets excluding 
intercompany debtors
Restricted to below 
2% of total assets 
(to reduce 
aggregation risk)
Rationale for the benchmark applied
We have reviewed several KPIs used by 
management and the Group’s key stakeholders.
We consider the growth of the brand to be 
the most significant KPI and have therefore 
determined revenue as the most appropriate 
basis for materiality.
We consider an asset based measure to best 
reflect the nature of the Parent Company which 
acts as a holding company for the Group’s 
investments in subsidiary undertakings.
£m
£m
£m
£m
Performance materiality
2.7
2.52
1.36
1.19
Basis for determining performance 
materiality
75% of materiality
70% of materiality
80% of materiality
70% of materiality
Rationale for the percentage applied for 
performance materiality
This was considered appropriate based on cumulative knowledge of the Group, degree of estimation 
in financial statements, historic misstatement levels, and level of aggregation. 
COMPONENT PERFORMANCE MATERIALITY
For the purposes of  our Group audit opinion, we set performance materiality for each component of  the Group, apart from the 
Parent Company whose materiality and performance materiality are set out above, based on a percentage of  between 40% and 
65% (2023: 64% and 90% ) of  Group performance materiality dependent on a number of  factors including; public interest in 
components within the Group; control environment; expectations about the nature, frequency, and magnitude of  misstatements 
in the component financial information; extent of  disaggregation of  the financial information across components; relative 
size of  components; significant changes affecting the component since prior year; and, our assessment of  the risk of  material 
misstatement of  those components. Component performance materiality ranged from £1.0m to £1.7m (2023: £1.61m to 
£2.24m). 
REPORTING THRESHOLD 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of  £125,000 (2023: 
£125,000). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.
Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the 
document entitled ‘Annual Report and Accounts’ other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our 
opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in 
our report, we do not express any form of  assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the course of  the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If  we identify such material inconsistencies 
or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the 
financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement  
of  this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
104

Corporate governance statement
As the Group has voluntarily adopted the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 we are required to review the Directors’ 
statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of  the Corporate Governance Statement relating to 
the Parent Company’s compliance with the provisions of  the UK Corporate Governance Statement specified for our review. 
Based on the work undertaken as part of  our audit, we have concluded that each of  the following elements of  the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit.
Going concern and  
longer-term viability
•	
The Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified (set out on page 96); and
•	
The Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the 
period is appropriate (set out on page 67).
Other Code provisions
•	
Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 96; 
•	
Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks (set out on page 96); 
•	
The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems (set out on pages 60 to 64); and
•	
The section describing the work of the Audit Committee (set out on pages 78 to 81).
Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of  the audit, we are required by the 
Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 
Strategic report and 
Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•	
the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•	
the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.
Matters on which we 
are required to report 
by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us 
to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited by us; or
•	
the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
•	
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.
Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of  Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of  the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of  financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
105

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT continued
TO THE MEMBERS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of  assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of  users taken on the basis of  these 
financial statements.
EXTENT TO WHICH THE AUDIT WAS CAPABLE OF DETECTING IRREGULARITIES, INCLUDING FRAUD
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of  non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of  irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of  detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
NON-COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Based on:
•	 Our understanding of  the Group and the industry in which it operates;
•	 Discussion with management and those charged with governance, internal legal counsel, and the Audit Committee;
•	 Obtaining an understanding of  the Group’s policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations
we considered the significant laws and regulations to be the applicable financial reporting frameworks (UK adopted international 
accounting standards, FRS 101 and the Companies Act 2006), the UK Corporate Governance Code, relevant tax compliance 
regulations, and the AIM rules.
The Group is also subject to laws and regulations where the consequence of  non-compliance could have a material effect on the 
amount or disclosures in the financial statements, for example through the imposition of  fines or litigations. We identified such 
laws and regulations to be the health and safety legislation and employment law in the jurisdictions in which the group operates.
Our procedures in respect of  the above included:
•	 Review of  minutes of  meetings of  those charged with governance for any instances of  non-compliance with laws and 
regulations;
•	 Review of  correspondence with regulatory and tax authorities for any instances of  non-compliance with laws and regulations;
•	 Review of  financial statement disclosures and agreeing to supporting documentation;
•	 Involvement of  corporate tax and VAT tax specialists and experts in the audit; and
•	 Review of  legal expenditure accounts to understand the nature of  expenditure incurred.
FRAUD
We assessed the susceptibility of  the financial statements to material misstatement, including fraud. Our risk assessment 
procedures included:
•	 Enquiry with management and those charged with governance, the Audit Committee, and internal audit regarding any known 
or suspected instances of  fraud;
•	 Obtaining an understanding of  the Group’s policies and procedures relating to:
	– 	Detecting and responding to the risks of  fraud; and 
	– 	Internal controls established to mitigate risks related to fraud. 
•	 Review of  minutes of  meetings of  those charged with governance for any known or suspected instances of  fraud;
•	 Discussion amongst the engagement team as to how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements;
•	 Performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of  material 
misstatement due to fraud; and 
•	 Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets and the related financial statement areas impacted  
by these. 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
106

Based on our risk assessment, we considered the areas most susceptible to fraud to be through management override of  controls 
and revenue recognition – customer arrangements.
Our procedures in respect of  the above included:
•	 Testing a sample of  journal entries, focusing on journal entries containing characteristics that meet risk criteria defined by 
us through our analysis of  journal data, and focusing on, year-end consolidation journals, journals processed by users with 
privileged IT systems access rights and those relating to revenue.
•	 Involvement of  forensic specialists in the audit to inform our fraud risk assessment.
•	 Testing and challenging the key estimates and judgements, including in revenue recognition, made by management in 
preparing the financial statements for indications of  bias or management override when presenting the results and financial 
position of  the Group.
We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members 
who were all deemed to have appropriate competence and capabilities and remained alert to any indications of  fraud or non-
compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit. 
Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of  material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising that 
the risk of  not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of  not detecting one resulting from error, as 
fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There are inherent 
limitations in the audit procedures performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the 
events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we are to become aware of  it.
A further description of  our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of  our auditor’s report.
USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of  Part 16 of  the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, 
we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
SOPHIA MICHAEL
Senior Statutory Auditor
For and on behalf  of  BDO LLP,  
Statutory Auditor  
London, UK 
24 March 2025
BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales (with registered number OC305127).
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
107

Note
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Revenue
4
368.5
364.4
Cost of sales
(230.1)
(247.4)
Gross profit
138.4
117.0
Administrative expenses
(105.6)
(96.2)
Adjusted EBITDA
50.7
30.5
Depreciation
12, 13
(6.5)
(6.3)
Amortisation
14
(3.1)
(1.7)
Share based payment charges
22
(3.3)
(1.7)
Operating profit before exceptional item
37.8
20.8
Exceptional item
6
(5.0)
–
Operating profit
5
32.8
20.8
Finance income
8
3.3
2.0
Finance expense
8
(0.6)
(0.6)
Profit before tax
35.5
22.2
Tax expense
9
(11.1)
(6.8)
Profit for the year
24.4
15.4
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation difference of foreign operations
0.6
–
Effective portion of cash flow hedges
0.3
0.3
Related tax
–
–
Total other comprehensive income
0.9
0.3
Total comprehensive income for the year
25.3
15.7
Earnings per share
Basic (pence)
10
20.90
13.20
Diluted (pence)
10
20.85
13.18
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
108

Note
2024
£m
2023
£m
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
12
20.9
23.7
Intangible assets
14
65.7
58.2
Deferred tax asset
20
0.5
1.7
Other non-current assets
17
4.1
4.3
Total non-current assets
91.2
87.9
Current assets
Inventories
16
45.8
67.6
Trade and other receivables
17
86.1
91.5
Derivative financial instruments
19
0.4
0.6
Corporation tax asset
2.4
6.2
Cash and cash equivalents
96.0
59.9
Total current assets
230.7
225.8
Total assets
321.9
313.7
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
18
(57.0)
(55.3)
Lease liabilities
13
(3.6)
(3.4)
Corporation tax liability
(0.7)
(2.1)
Derivative financial instruments
19
(0.2)
–
Total current liabilities
(61.5)
(60.8)
Non-current liabilities
Other payables – Long term
(0.5)
(0.3)
Lease liabilities – Long term
13
(8.5)
(11.8)
Deferred tax liability
20
(4.7)
(3.0)
Total non-current liabilities
(13.7)
(15.1)
Total liabilities
(75.2)
(75.9)
Net assets
246.7
237.8
Equity attributable to equity holders of the company
Share capital
21
0.3
0.3
Share premium
23
54.8
54.8
Capital redemption reserve
23
0.1
0.1
Cash flow hedge reserve
23
0.1
(0.2)
Translation reserve
23
0.3
(0.3)
Retained earnings
23
191.1
183.1
Total equity
246.7
237.8
The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of  Directors on 24 March 2025 and were signed 
on its behalf  by:
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
Chief Financial Officer
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
109

Share capital 
£m
Share premium 
£m
Capital 
redemption 
reserve £m
Cash flow 
hedge reserve 
£m
Translation 
reserve £m
Retained 
earnings £m
Total £m
Equity as at 31 December 2022
0.3
54.8
0.1
(0.5)
(0.3)
184.8
239.2
Profit for the year
–
–
–
–
–
15.4
15.4
Foreign currency translation 
difference of foreign operations
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Effective portion of cash flow hedges
–
–
–
0.3
–
–
0.3
Total comprehensive income for 
the year
–
–
–
0.3
–
15.4
15.7
Contributions by and distributions 
to owners
Dividends issued
–
–
–
–
–
(19.1)
(19.1)
Share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
1.7
1.7
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
0.3
0.3
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2023
0.3
54.8
0.1
(0.2)
(0.3)
183.1
237.8
Profit for the year
–
–
–
–
–
24.4
24.4
Foreign currency translation 
difference of foreign operations
–
–
–
–
0.6
–
0.6
Effective portion of cash flow hedges
–
–
–
0.3
–
–
0.3
Total comprehensive income 
for the year
–
–
–
0.3
0.6
24.4
25.3
Contributions by and distributions 
to owners
Dividends issued
–
–
–
–
–
(19.6)
(19.6)
Share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
3.4
3.4
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
–
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2024
0.3
54.8
0.1
0.1
0.3
191.1
246.7
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
110

Note
2024
£m
2023
£m
Operating activities
Profit before tax
35.5
22.2
Finance expense
8
0.6
0.6
Finance income
8
(3.3)
(2.0)
Depreciation
12, 13
6.5
6.3
Amortisation
14
3.1
1.7
Share-based payment charges
3.3
1.7
(Decrease)/increase in impairment losses on receivables and inventories 
net of recoveries
16, 17
(1.0)
0.5
Net exchange difference
0.6
3.2
45.3
34.2
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
17
5.0
(22.3)
Decrease/(increase) in inventories
16
23.4
(10.0)
Increase in trade and other payables
18
1.7
4.8
Decrease/(increase) in derivative asset/liability
19
0.5
(2.1)
30.6
(29.6)
Cash generated from operations
75.9
4.6
Income taxes paid
9
(5.7)
(8.4)
Net cash flows generated from/(used in) operating activities
70.2
(3.8)
Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
12
(3.3)
(2.6)
Interest received
8
3.3
2.0
Investment in intangible assets
14
(10.8)
(7.0)
Net cash used in investing activities
(10.8)
(7.6)
Financing activities
Interest paid
8
(0.1)
(0.1)
Dividends paid
24
(19.6)
(19.1)
Payments of lease liabilities
13
(3.9)
(4.0)
Net cash used in financing activities
(23.6)
(23.2)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
35.8
(34.6)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
59.9
95.3
Effect of movements in exchange rates on cash held
0.3
(0.8)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
96.0
59.9
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
111

1 Accounting policies 
BASIS OF PREPARATION
Fevertree Drinks Plc (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. It is a 
public company limited by shares, domiciled in England and Wales, in the United Kingdom. The address of  its registered office 
is 186–188 Shepherds Bush Road London W6 7NL. These consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its 
subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘Group’).
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards in 
conformity and compliance with the requirements of  the Companies Act 2006.
There are a number of  amendments to accounting standards, or IFRIC interpretations that are effective for the year ended  
31 December 2024. The Group has concluded that none of  these amendments have a material impact on the consolidated 
financial statements:
•	 IAS 7 and IFRS 7 – Supplier finance arrangements presentation in the statement of  cash flows and the general disclosures 	
related
•	 IFRS 16 – Lease liability in a sale and leaseback amendments to presentation of  leases in a sale and leaseback arrangement
•	 IAS 1 – Classification of  liabilities as current or non-current: amendments to criteria on determining current/ non-current 
classification
•	 IAS 1 – Non-current liabilities with covenants: amendments to criteria on determining current/ non-current classification
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling. Amounts are presented in millions, rounded to the nearest 
£100,000, unless otherwise stated. Percentages presented are rounded to the nearest decimal, unless otherwise stated.
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of  the consolidated financial statements are set out below. The 
policies have been consistently applied to all of  the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
GOING CONCERN
Potential on-going macroeconomic and geopolitical volatility that might result in considerably higher input costs and potential 
business continuity risks have been reflected in the Directors’ assessment of  the going concern basis of  preparation. This has 
been considered by modelling the impact on the Group’s cashflow for the period to end of  December 2027. In completing 
this exercise, the Directors established there were no plausible scenarios that would result in the Group no longer continuing 
as a going concern. This assessment has included consideration of  events after the reporting date, such as the Molsen Coors 
distribution agreement. The conclusions reached regarding the group’s ability to continue as a going concern are unchanged  
as a result of  these considerations.
The Directors have concluded that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least the 
12 months following the publication of  the financial statements, that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of  preparation in the financial statements, that there is not a material uncertainty in relation to going concern and that 
there is no significant judgement involved in making that assessment.
BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, 
or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and 
excluded once sold.
Intragroup balances including unrealised profit in stock, where inventory purchased from Group companies has not been sold  
on to third parties, are eliminated upon consolidation.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
112

1 Accounting policies continued
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
Business combinations are reflected through the acquisition method of  accounting. Identifiable assets and liabilities, including 
intangible assets and contingent liabilities, are recognised at fair value as at the date of  acquisition. The consideration payable  
is also measured at fair value.
The difference between the fair value of  consideration transferred and the identifiable net assets received is recognised as 
goodwill. Any payments to former owners, contingent on continued employment are recognised as administrative expenses  
as are all transaction related costs.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue is recognised when the Group’s performance obligations are fulfilled i.e., when control over goods is transferred to 
customers. Customers obtain control of  the goods when they are delivered to and have been accepted at their premises or made 
available for ex-works collection, depending on individual customer arrangements.
Invoices are generated at that point in time and are usually payable within 30 days. Revenue is recorded based on the price 
specified in sales invoices, net of  any agreed discounts and rebates, and exclusive of  value added tax on goods supplied to 
customers during the year.
There are a variety of  discounts and rebates provided to customers, which are assessed on a case-by-case basis as to whether  
the resulting payment to customers is for a distinct good or service (such as marketing) or for a promotional discount.
If  a payment to a customer is judged to be for a distinct good or service, this is accounted for as a cost in administrative 
expenses. If  the payment is judged to represent a discount, this is accounted for as a reduction in the underlying transaction 
price. Management restrict revenue to the amount that is highly unlikely to subsequently be reduced by promotion or discount. 
Accruals are included in the consolidated statement of  financial position in respect of  expected amounts necessary to meet the 
claims of  the Group’s customers based on discount and rebate agreements in place. None of  the discounts or rebates result in 
a material right being provided to the customer, as there are no cases where customers are given the option to purchase at a 
discount in the future as a result of  their historical purchases.
Returns are permitted in limited circumstances.
EXPENDITURE
Expenditure is recognised in respect of  goods and services received when supplied in accordance with contractual term.  
A provision is made when a present obligation exists for a future liability relating to a past event and where the amount  
of  the obligation can be reliably estimated.
GOODWILL
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of  a business represents any excess of  the fair value of  the consideration over the fair 
value of  the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. The identifiable assets and liabilities acquired are incorporated into the 
consolidated financial statements at their fair value.
Goodwill is not amortised but tested for impairment annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in profit or loss and is 
not subsequently reversed. On disposal of  a business, the attributable amount of  goodwill is included in the determination of  the 
profit or loss on disposal.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
113

1 Accounting policies continued
IMPAIRMENT OF NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS
Impairment tests on goodwill, other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and assets under construction are undertaken 
annually at the reporting date. Other non-financial assets are subject to impairment tests if  there is any indication of 
impairment. Where the carrying value of  an asset is judged to exceed its recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of  value in use or 
the fair value less costs to sell), the asset is written down accordingly. With the exception of  goodwill, all assets are subsequently 
reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognised may no longer exist.
Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of  an individual asset, the impairment test is carried out on the 
asset’s cash generating unit (i.e. the lowest group of  assets, in which the asset belongs, for which there are separately identifiable 
cash flows). Goodwill is allocated on initial recognition to each of  the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit 
from the synergies of  the combination giving rise to the goodwill.
Impairment charges, and the reversal of  previous impairment charges, are expensed/credited to profit or loss. An impairment 
loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed.
EXTERNALLY ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Externally acquired intangible assets, including software, are initially recognised at cost and subsequently amortised on  
a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives.
The amortisation expense for both externally acquired and internally generated intangible assets is recognised within 
administrative expenses and charged as follows:
Computer software – 20% per annum straight-line 
Other intangibles – 16% to 20% per annum straight-line
INTANGIBLE ASSETS ACQUIRED AS PART OF A BUSINESS COMBINATION
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy 
the definition of  an intangible asset. The cost of  such intangible assets is their fair value at the acquisition date and comprises 
the Group’s brand names and customer relationships acquired. All intangible assets acquired through business combination are 
amortised over their estimated useful lives.
The significant intangibles recognised by the Group, their useful economic lives and the methods used to determine the cost  
of  the intangibles acquired in a business combination are as follows:
Intangible asset
Useful economic life
Brands
20 years
Customer relationships
10 years
Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are measured at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and, where appropriate, provision for impairment in value. Amortisation is included within administrative expenses.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS UNDER DEVELOPMENT
Costs that are directly attributable to the development phase of  an asset are initially recognised at cost and are not amortised 
until after the asset has been put into use. Costs (such as labour costs) pertaining to the development of  intangible assets are also 
capitalised in alignment with IAS 38 up to the point that the asset is ready for use. Subsequent labour costs incurred during the 
testing phase of  the asset are expensed as staff  costs.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
114

1 Accounting policies continued
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Items of  property, plant and equipment are initially recognised at cost. As well as the purchase price, cost includes directly 
attributable costs. Subsequently, property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less the accumulated depreciation and,  
where appropriate, provision for impairment in value or estimated loss on disposal.
Depreciation is provided on all items of  property, plant and equipment so as to write off  their carrying value over the expected 
useful economic lives. It is included within administrative expenses and is charged at the following rates:
Leasehold property improvements/right of  use assets – over the life of  the lease
Fixtures and fittings – 20% to 33% per annum straight-line
Re-usable packaging – 20% per annum straight-line
Plant, equipment, and vehicles – 10% to 20% per annum straight-line
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Included within cash and cash equivalents are demand deposits and short-term deposits used for short-term cash requirements. 
The carrying amount of  these assets approximates to their fair value.
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of  two categories, depending on the purpose for which the liability was acquired.
FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS
This category comprises only out-of-the-money derivatives (see ‘Financial assets’ for in-the-money derivatives) not used for hedge 
accounting purposes. They are carried in the consolidated statement of  financial position at fair value with changes in fair value 
recognised in the consolidated statement of  comprehensive income. Other than these derivative financial instruments, the Group 
does not have any assets classified as Fair Value Through Profit or Loss.
OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
The Group’s other financial liabilities comprise bank loans, trade payables and other borrowings, including short-term monetary 
liabilities. Bank loans are initially recognised at fair value net of  any transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of  the 
instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, 
which ensures that any interest expense over the period to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of  the liability carried 
in the consolidated statement of  financial position. The interest expense includes initial transaction costs and premiums payable 
on redemption, as well as any interest coupon payable while the liability is outstanding.
Trade payables, other borrowings and other short-term monetary liabilities, which are initially recognised at fair value,  
are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
HEDGE ACCOUNTING
The Group designates a portion of  its derivatives as cash flow hedges, hedging the currency risk of  highly probable forecast 
future sales transactions by utilising forward contracts. The forward rate designation accounting approach is used, which includes 
the forward element of  the derivative in the hedge designation. Changes in fair value of  the effective portion of  the hedge 
accounted derivatives are recognised in other comprehensive income before being recycled to the statement of  profit or loss 
when the forecasted cash flow affects the profit or loss. Hedge effectiveness is forward looking and is tested on an ongoing basis. 
The Group utilises critical terms matching to assess effectiveness and any ineffectiveness is recognised immediately in the profit 
or loss.
SHARE CAPITAL
Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the definition of  
a financial liability. The Group’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
115

1 Accounting policies continued
LEASED ASSETS
When entering into a contract the Group assesses whether or not a lease exists. A lease exists if  a contract conveys a right 
to control the use of  an identified asset under a period of  time in exchange for consideration. The Group has elected not to 
separate non-lease components for the lease of  office land and buildings. Leases of  low value items and short-term leases (leases 
of  less than 12 months at the commencement date) are charged to the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term 
in administrative expenses. Any renegotiations of  leased assets are accounted for based on the nature of  the modification to the 
lease contract.
The Group recognises right-of-use assets as the amount of  the initial lease liability at the lease commencement date, based on the 
present value of  future lease payments. Where applicable, this is adjusted for any lease incentives received, and direct costs and 
lease payments incurred prior to or at commencement of  the lease. Right of  use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis in 
line with the Group’s accounting policy for property, plant and equipment. The lease liabilities are recognised at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate method. Discount rates used reflect the incremental borrowing rate specific to the lease.
Where the contract terms of  a lease have changed during the year, these are treated as modifications to the original lease,  
with an adjustment made to both the right of  use asset, and the lease liability. The discount rate applied is reassessed on each 
lease modification.
DEFERRED TAXATION
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of  an asset or liability in the consolidated statement 
of  financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:
•	 the initial recognition of  goodwill;
•	 the initial recognition of  an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and at the time of  the 
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss and does not give rise to equal taxable and deductible 
temporary differences; and
•	 investments in subsidiaries where the Group is able to control the timing of  the reversal of  the difference and it is probable 
that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Recognition of  deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the difference can be utilised.
The amount of  the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date 
and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities or assets are settled or recovered. Deferred tax balances are not discounted.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and 
liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on either:
•	 the same taxable group company; or
•	 different group companies which intend either to settle current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis, or to realise the assets 
and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of  deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are expected to be settled or recovered.
Deferred tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in profit or loss for the period except in relation to deferred tax 
on share based payments. If  the amount of  a future tax deduction exceeds the amount of  the cumulative remuneration expense, 
the excess of  the associated deferred tax is recognised directly in equity.
INVENTORIES
Inventories are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently at the lower of  cost and net realisable value after making allowance 
for obsolete and slow-moving items.
Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of  ordinarily interchangeable items by considering the cost of  similar items 
at the beginning of  the period and the cost of  similar items purchased or produced during the period.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
116

1 Accounting policies continued
OPERATING SEGMENTS
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief  operating decision-
maker. The chief  operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of  Directors.
The Board considers that although the Group’s activity is generated from global sales across four regions (as shown in the 
Chairman’s statement and note 4), there is ultimately one overarching reporting and operating segment. This is due to the key 
decisions and allocation of  resources happening in a centralised manner; with the majority of  the costs for the Group incurred 
by operations led from the Group’s head office. Management reviews the performance of  the Group by reference to total results 
against budget.
The total profit measures are operating profit, adjusted EBITDA and profit for the year, all disclosed on the face of  the profit or 
loss. No differences exist between the basis of  preparation of  the performance measures used by management and the figures in 
the Group financial statements.
ADJUSTED EBITDA
Operating profit is adjusted for a number of  non-cash items, including amortisation of  the Fever-Tree brand intangible acquired 
in March 2013 and other intangible assets, depreciation, and the share based payment charge which recognises the fair value of 
share options granted and exceptional items.
The intention is for adjusted EBITDA to provide a comparable, year on year indicator of  underlying trading and operational 
performance, without considering the impact of  financing, volatile share price performance or investing activities. Adjusted 
EBITDA is the Group’s primary alternative performance measure (APM). This is not included as a defined measure within the 
International Financial Reporting Standards.
SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
Where share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of  the option at the date of  grant is charged to the profit or loss 
over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of  equity instruments 
expected to vest at each reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on 
the number of  options that eventually vest. Market vesting conditions are factored into the fair value of  the options granted. 
As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of  whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied.
Where share options are cancelled, their remaining unamortised fair value is fully written off  through the profit or loss.
FOREIGN CURRENCY
FUNCTIONAL AND PRESENTATION CURRENCY
The consolidated financial statements of  the Group are presented in Pound Sterling. The presentation currency of  the 
consolidated financial statements is the same as the functional currency of  the Company, being Pound Sterling.
TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES
Transactions entered into by Group entities in a currency other than the currency of  the primary economic environment in 
which they operate (their ‘functional currency’) are recorded at the rates ruling when the transactions occur. Foreign currency 
monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the rates ruling at the reporting date. Exchange differences arising on the 
retranslation of  unsettled monetary assets and liabilities are recognised immediately in the profit or loss.
FOREIGN OPERATIONS
The profit or loss and statement of  cash flows of  foreign operations are translated at the average rate of  exchange during the 
period. The statement of  financial position of  a foreign operation is translated at the ruling rate at the reporting date. Exchange 
differences arising on opening net assets and arising on the translation of  results at an average rate compared to a closing rate 
are both recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
117

1 Accounting policies continued
EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS
In the consolidated financial statement, the Group has elected to disclose ‘exceptional items’. Exceptional items are costs and 
incomes that are judged by management to warrant separate disclosure to improve comparability of  financial performance 
between periods and with other market participants. Exceptional items relate to certain costs or incomes that are significant by 
virtue of  their size and/or nature. In considering the nature of  an item, management’s assessment includes, both individually 
and collectively, each of  the following:
•	 whether the item is unrelated to the Group’s ordinary course of  business;
•	 the specific circumstances that have led to the item arising; and
•	 the likelihood of  recurrence.
The summary of  2024 exceptional items is included within Note 6.
2 Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
Management has made estimates and accounting judgements within the financial statements; these are reviewed regularly and 
revisions to estimates are recognised prospectively.
CUSTOMER ARRANGEMENTS
An element of  judgement is involved in determining whether payments to customers are in exchange for a distinct good or 
service under IFRS 15 or are instead a reduction in transaction price, namely in relation to discretionary marketing spend with 
our Europe and Rest of  World distributors.
Management carefully assesses what is received in each individual arrangement with customers to determine the correct accounting 
treatment. In the absence of  clear evidence to the contrary, payments to customers are recognised as reductions to revenue. 
Management restricts revenue recognised to the amount that is highly unlikely to subsequently be reduced by customer arrangements.
There is an element of  judgement in determining whether all customer accruals have been recorded in the period. Invoicing 
from customers relating to revenue reductions is not in the control of  the Group, so management needs to make their best 
estimate on what invoices are likely to be raised by customers relating to activity undertaken by them in the year.
OTHER RECEIVABLES
Judgement has been applied on the likelihood and value of  settlement of  an insurance claim relating to damaged stock.  
All relevant circumstances have been taken into account when determining the receivable value.
INVENTORY PROVISION
Under IAS2, inventories are carried at the lower of  cost and net realisable value, and as such are subject to estimates around 
the provision applied to certain inventory items. The level of  provision recorded is subject to estimation uncertainty when 
determining the expected sales price of  goods to customers in future, as well as assessing if  items are slow-moving or obsolete.
IMPAIRMENT ASSESSMENTS
As required by IAS 36, all goodwill is tested annually for impairment. This is achieved by comparing the carrying amount  
of  goodwill to the higher of  fair value less costs to sell and value in use.
Judgement is required in determining the value in use of  the relevant cash generating units when applying the fair value less 
costs to sell (FVLCTS) model. These judgements include a determination of  revenue growth, profitability, period of  assessment 
and discount rate used. Management considers a range of  potential inputs for each of  these to ensure that the conclusion 
reached is appropriate.
ESTIMATED CREDIT LOSS PROVISION
The measurement of  estimated credit losses for trade receivables requires the use of  assumptions about future macroeconomic 
conditions and credit behaviour and the impact that these have on specific customer behaviour, such as the likelihood of 
customers defaulting and the resulting losses. The Group assessed the default risk on a customer level and assigned a likelihood 
of  default across all outstanding invoices, irrelevant of  the age of  such invoices.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
118

3 Financial instruments and risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of  the Group’s risk management objectives and policies. The 
overall objective of  the Board is to set policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s 
competitiveness and flexibility.
All funding requirements and financial risks are managed based on policies and procedures adopted by the Board of  Directors. The 
Group uses derivative financial instruments including forward currency contracts to manage its exposure to certain financial risks.
The Group is exposed to the following financial risks:
•	 Credit risk
•	 Liquidity risk
•	 Pricing risk
•	 Market risk
The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of  financial instruments. The principal financial instruments used by the 
Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:
•	 Trade and other receivables
•	 Cash and cash equivalents
•	 Trade and other payables
•	 Forward currency contracts
To the extent that financial instruments are not carried at fair value in the consolidated statement of  financial position,  
the carrying values approximate fair values at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS BY CATEGORY
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Financial assets  
at fair value
 Financial assets  
at amortised cost
2024
£m
2023
£m
2024
£m
2023
£m
Cash and cash equivalents
–
–
96.0
59.9
Trade and other receivables
–
–
75.3
83.6
Other non-current assets
–
–
1.1
–
Derivative financial instruments in cash flow hedges
–
0.1
–
–
Other derivative financial instruments
0.4
0.5
–
–
Total financial assets
0.4 
0.6 
172.4 
143.5
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Financial liabilities  
at fair value
Financial liabilities  
at amortised cost
2024
£m
2023
£m
2024
£m
2023
£m
Trade and other payables
–
–
56.1
55.0
Lease liabilities
–
–
12.1
15.2
Loans and borrowings
–
–
–
–
Derivative financial instruments in cash flow hedges
0.1
–
–
–
Other derivative financial instruments
0.1
–
–
–
Total financial liabilities
0.2
–
68.2
70.2
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
119

3 Financial instruments and risk management continued
CREDIT RISK
Credit risk is the risk of  financial loss to the Group if  a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales. At 31 December 2024, the Group has net 
trade receivables of  £71.4m (2023: £77.8m).
The Group is exposed to credit risk in respect of  these balances such that, if  one or more customers encounter financial 
difficulties, this could materially and adversely affect the Group’s financial results. In order to minimise this risk, the Group 
endeavours only to deal with companies which are demonstrably creditworthy and this, together with the aggregate financial 
exposure, is continuously monitored. Companies which are not deemed to be creditworthy can only deal with the Group on a 
prepayment basis.
The Group further mitigates credit risk by undertaking credit insurance through ‘A’ credit rated underwriters for some of  its 
receivable balances. Supply of  products by members of  the Group results in trade receivables, which the management consider 
to be of  low risk; other receivables are likewise considered to be low risk. The management do not consider that there is any 
concentration of  risk within either trade or other receivables.
The Group performs an expected credit loss assessment for all trade receivables to calculate a provision for expected credit 
loss, based on historical credit loss information, current conditions and forecasts of  future economic conditions. The simplified 
approach is used, in accordance with IFRS 9. The resulting provision in respect of  outstanding balances at 31 December 2024  
is not material.
Trade receivables are written off  when there is no reasonable expectation of  recovery; indicators of  this include the counterparty 
going into administration or receivership.
Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is considered to be low as the counterparties are all substantial banks with investment 
grade credit ratings.
LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of  working capital. It is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in 
meeting its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group actively manages its cash generation and maintains sufficient cash 
holdings to cover its immediate obligations.
The Group actively manages its cash and currently holds substantial cash balances in Sterling, US Dollars and AUD Dollars and 
Euros. The Group should have access to additional equity funding if  it was required. Trade and other payables are monitored as 
part of  normal management routine.
The contractual maturity profile (undiscounted) of  the Group’s financial liabilities and derivatives is set out below.
31 December 2024
Within one 
year £m
One to two 
years £m
Two to five 
years £m
Over five years 
£m
Trade and other payables
56.1
–
–
–
Lease liabilities
4.0
4.0
3.9
–
Derivative financial instruments outflow
109.1
–
–
–
Derivative financial instruments (inflow)
(109.3)
–
–
–
31 December 2023
Within one 
year £m
One to two 
years £m
Two to five 
years £m
Over five years 
£m
Trade and other payables
55.0
–
–
–
Lease liabilities
3.9
3.9
7.2
1.4
Derivative financial instruments outflow
127.7
–
–
–
Derivative financial instruments (inflow)
(128.3)
–
–
–
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
120

3 Financial instruments and risk management continued
PRICING RISK
Pricing risk is the risk that oscillation in the price of  key input costs will affect the profitability of  the business. The Group 
manages this risk by agreeing long-term prices with suppliers where possible.
MARKET RISK
Market risk arises from the Group’s interest-bearing, tradable and foreign currency financial instruments. It is the risk that the 
fair value, or future cash flows, of  a financial instrument will fluctuate because of  changes in the interest rates (interest rate risk) 
or foreign exchange rates (foreign exchange risk).
(A) INTEREST RATE RISK
The Group’s policy is to balance exposure to interest rate risk with the cost and flexibility of  funding. This policy is managed 
centrally. The requirement for interest rate hedging is reviewed periodically, being a mechanism available to manage interest rate 
risk. These reviews acknowledge that interest rate hedges will not necessarily protect the Group from the risk of  paying rates in 
excess of  current market rates nor eliminate cash flow risk associated with the variability in interest payments.
Judgements are therefore exercised in the context of  the market and the materiality of  the potential risk compared to the cost. 
The Group does not currently have any debt facilities, nor does it engage in interest rate hedging.
(B) FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that movements in exchange rates affect the profitability of  the business. The Group is 
exposed to transaction foreign exchange risk as it operates predominantly within the USA and Europe where transactions are 
denominated in US Dollars and Euros respectively. The exposure is limited to the extent to which there is a mismatch between 
the currencies in which sales, purchases, receivables and borrowings are denominated and the respective functional currencies  
of  Group companies.
Forward contracts are used to manage foreign exchange risk. Those financial assets in currencies other than Sterling may be the 
subject of  economic hedging arrangements using forward contracts. Receivables are carried in the consolidated statement of 
financial position at the rate of  exchange at the period end. The derivative instruments are carried at fair value with that value 
being the contract value at the reporting date.
At 31 December 2024 there were commitments to purchase foreign currency exchange forward contracts with a total Sterling 
value of  approximately £109.3m (2023: £128.3m) mainly in Euros and US Dollars. All contracts mature within 12 months of 
the reporting date.
Commitments to sell/(purchase) foreign currency exchange forward contracts:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
USD
55.7
66.7
EUR
43.4
44.0
CAD
–
2.1
AUD
10.2
15.5
109.3
128.3
Although the Board accepts that this policy does not protect the Group entirely from currency risk or from incurring an 
exchange rate in the future that is adverse to the then spot rate in operation, it considers that it achieves an appropriate balance 
against exposure to the risk.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
121

3 Financial instruments and risk management continued
The summary quantitative data about the Group’s exposure to currency risk (before the effect of  balance sheet hedging) is as 
follows. This includes intragroup balances which eliminate on consolidation.
2024  
Currency in m
2023  
Currency in m
Euro
USD
Euro
USD
Receivables
32.0
38.4
33.9
78.0
Payables
(8.6)
–
(3.1)
(2.2)
Cash
13.8
23.4
7.2
8.4
Total
37.2
61.8
38.0
84.2
EFFECT OF CASH FLOW HEDGES
At 31 December 2024, the Group held derivatives with a notional value of  £32.7m (2023: £16.2m) designated as hedging 
instruments for cash flow hedging purposes. They all have maturities in 2024 and have a range of  hedged rates between EUR 
1.15–1.20 and USD 1.25–1.31.
In respect of  cash flow hedges, the Group has recognised a net gain of  £0.3m (2023: £0.3m gain) in other comprehensive 
income in the year due to changes in fair value, amounts transferred to profit and loss, and deferred tax related to hedging 
instruments. A gain of  £0.7m (2023: £40k loss) has been transferred out of  other comprehensive income to net revenue to offset 
the foreign exchange impact on the underlying transactions.
There was no ineffectiveness recognised in the year.
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The Group’s capital is made up of  share capital, retained earnings and other reserves. The Group’s objectives when maintaining 
capital are:
•	 to safeguard the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and 
benefits for other stakeholders; and
•	 to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of  risk.
The capital structure of  the Group consists of  shareholders’ equity as set out in the consolidated statement of  changes in equity. 
All working capital requirements are financed from existing cash resources.
4 Revenue
REVENUE STREAMS
An analysis of  turnover by geographical market is given below:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
United Kingdom
111.1
114.8
United States of America
128.0
117.0
Europe
97.2
105.4
Rest of the World
32.2
27.2
368.5
364.4
Analysis of  carbonated and non-carbonated sales:
2024
2023
Carbonated
99.5%
99.2%
Non-carbonated
0.5%
0.8%
100%
100%
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
122

4 Revenue continued
In the year ended 31 December 2024, the Group had one customer, Southern Glazers Wine & Spirits, contributing in excess  
of  10% of  the Group’s sales (2023: N/A).
CONTRACT BALANCES
The following table provides information about receivables from contracts with customers.
Notes 
31 December 2024
£m
31 December 2023
£m
Receivables, which are included in ‘trade and other receivables’
17
73.7
79.6
No information is provided about the remaining performance obligations at 31 December 2024 that have an original expected 
duration of  one year or less.
5 Profit from operations
Operating profit is stated after charging:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Foreign exchange loss
0.3
0.7
Depreciation
6.5
6.3
Amortisation of intangible assets
3.1
1.7
Logistics and warehousing
41.3
43.9
Discretionary marketing
34.5
33.9
Share based payment charges
3.3
1.7
Insurance claim
(1.2)
(5.3)
Net remeasurement of expected credit loss allowance
1.0
0.4
Exceptional items
5.0
–
An insurance claim relating to a product quality issue in the US in 2023 has been recognised offsetting cost of  sales with a value 
of  £1.2m (2023: £3.6m) and had no impact on other operating income (2023: £1.7m). These have been allocated against the 
original transactions that gave rise to the insurance claim.
Auditor’s remuneration:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Fees payable to Company’s Auditor and its associates for the audit of the Company 
and its subsidiaries
0.8
0.8
Non-audit services
–
–
Fees of  €nil (2023: €65,000) are payable to an associate of  the Group’s Auditor for the local statutory audit of  the German 
subsidiary.
6 Exceptional item
Exceptional items have been recognised in respect of  once-off  exceptional items.
As part of  the Molson Coors strategic partnership, sale of  USA Inc. and issue of  equity, Fever-Tree incurred several one-off 
consulting costs in 2024, totalling £0.7m. Additional costs are expected relating to this in the next period.
Fever-Tree and one of  its local US manufacturers issued termination of  contracts through 2024, resulting in increased end  
of  relationship costs, totalling £4.3m.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
123

7 Staff costs
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Wages and salaries
31.5
30.6
Employers national insurance
2.8
3.2
Pensions
2.4
1.7
36.7
35.5
The average monthly number of  employees (including Directors) during the period was as follows:
2024
2023
Sales and Marketing
201
165
Production and Administration
190
205
391
370
Directors’ remuneration included in staff costs
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Salaries
1.6
1.4
Bonuses
0.8
0.2
2.4
1.6
Total remuneration regarding the highest paid Director was £0.9m (2023: £0.6m). The total remuneration regarding the highest 
paid Director includes the gain on exercise of  share options (where applicable), which is not included in staff  costs. There were 
no Director exercises of  share options in 2024. The Directors’ gain on exercise of  share options was £nil (2023: £nil). All of  the 
share options that vested in 2024 had performance criteria attached and as is disclosed in the single figure table, performance 
targets were not met for the 2021 grants that vested in 2024.
8 Finance income and costs
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Finance income
Interest income
3.3
2.0
3.3
2.0
Finance expense
Interest on lease liabilities
0.5
0.6
Bank loan interest and other charges
0.1
–
0.6
0.6
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
124

9 Income tax
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Current tax expense
Current tax on profits for the period
9.0
4.1
Adjustment in respect of prior period
(0.6)
1.0
8.4
5.1
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
1.4
1.4
Adjustment in respect of prior period
1.3
0.3
Total tax expense
11.1
6.8
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Profit for the year
35.5
22.2
Expected tax charge based on corporation tax rate of 25% in 2024 (2023: 23.5%)
8.9
5.2
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
0.3
0.2
Effect of tax rate change on opening balance
0.1
0.1
Differences in tax rate
(0.3)
–
Other differences
1.4
–
Adjustment in respect of prior period
0.7
1.3
Total tax expense
11.1
6.8
During the year, corporation tax relief  of  £nil (2023: £nil) was recognised within equity in relation to share options exercised  
in the period.
10 Earnings per share
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Profit
Profit used in calculating basic and diluted EPS
24.4
15.4
Number of shares
Weighted average number of shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share
116,726,190
116,632,907
Weighted average number of dilutive employee share options outstanding
289,183
197,351
Weighted average number of shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share
117,015,373
116,830,258
Basic earnings per share (pence)
20.90
13.20
Diluted earnings per share (pence)
20.85
13.18
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
125

10 Earnings per share continued
NORMALISED EPS
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Profit
Reported profit before tax
35.5
22.2
Add back:
Amortisation
3.1
1.7
Exceptional Items
5.0
–
Adjusted profit before tax
43.6
23.9
Tax – assume standard rate (25%) (2023: 25%)
(10.9)
(6.0)
Normalised earnings
32.7
17.9
Number of shares
116,726,190
116,632,907
Normalised basic earnings per share (pence)
28.01
15.37
Number of diluted shares
117,015,373
116,830,258
Normalised diluted earnings per share (pence)
27.95
15.34
Normalised EPS is an Alternative Performance Measure (“AMP”) in which earnings have been adjusted to exclude amortisation 
and exceptional items. The UK statutory tax rates in force at the year end have been applied (disregarding other tax adjusting 
items for comparability). The treatment is consistent period on period. This has been provided to assist users compare 
performance period to period, without the impact of  amortisation and exceptional items. As this is an APM, this may not be 
comparable to other companies.
11 Non-current assets
Non-current assets by geographic location are as follows:	
2024 
£m
2023
 £m
UK
64.2
56.4
US
16.8
18.5
Europe
5.4
6.7
Rest of the World
0.2
0.3
Balance as at 31 December
86.6
81.9
Non-current assets exclude deferred tax and financial instruments. Non-current assets in Europe are substantially all situated in 
Germany.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
126

12 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment comprises owned and leased assets, as follows:	
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Owned property, plant and equipment
9.7
9.1
Leased property, plant and equipment (right-of-use assets, see note 13)
11.2
14.6
Total property, plant and equipment
20.9
23.7
Owned property, plant and equipment is detailed as follows:
Leasehold 
property 
improvements
£m
Re-usable 
packaging 
£m
Plant, 
equipment and 
vehicles
£m
Fixtures and 
fittings 
£m
Total 
£m
Cost
At 31 December 2022
0.9
12.6
3.5
1.7
18.7
Additions
0.1
1.4
1.1
0.2
2.8
Disposals
–
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
Exchange differences
–
–
(0.1)
–
(0.1)
At 31 December 2023
1.0
14.0
4.5
1.8
21.3
Additions
–
1.0
2.2
0.1
3.3
Disposals
–
–
(0.2)
(0.1)
(0.3)
Exchange differences
–
–
0.1
–
0.1
At 31 December 2024
1.0
15.0
6.6
1.8
24.4
Depreciation
At 31 December 2022
0.7
7.3
0.5
1.1
9.6
Charge for the year
0.1
2.0
0.3
0.2
2.6
At 31 December 2023
0.8
9.3
0.8
1.3
12.2
Charge for the year
0.1
1.9
0.6
0.2
2.8
Disposals
–
–
(0.2)
(0.1)
(0.3)
At 31 December 2024
0.9
11.2
1.2
1.4
14.7
Net book value
At 31 December 2024
0.1
3.8
5.4
0.4
9.7
At 31 December 2023
0.2
4.7
3.7
0.5
9.1
At 31 December 2022
0.2
5.3
3.0
0.6
9.1
13 Leases
The Group leases its office premises in London, New York, Australia and Germany, warehouses in the US and a small fleet of 
motor vehicles used by its UK-based sales team and German-based team. During the financial year, there were modifications  
to the Group’s leases portfolio to reflect changes to the annual indexation rate on the US warehouse leases.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
127

13 Leases continued
Right-of-use assets:	
Leasehold property 
£m
Motor vehicles 
£m
Total 
£m
Balance at 31 December 2022
16.4
0.1
16.5
Additions/Modifications
2.3
0.4
2.7
Disposals
(0.3)
(0.1)
(0.4)
Depreciation charge for the year
(3.6)
(0.1)
(3.7)
Exchange differences
(0.6)
0.1
(0.5)
Balance at 31 December 2023
14.2
0.4
14.6
Additions/Modifications
0.1
0.1
0.2
Depreciation charge for the year
(3.5)
(0.2)
(3.7)
Exchange differences
0.1
–
0.1
Balance at 31 December 2024
10.9
0.3
11.2
Lease liabilities:
Lease liabilities at 31 December
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Current lease liabilities
3.6
3.4
Non-current lease liabilities
8.5
11.8
12.1
15.2
Undiscounted future cash flows
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Not later than one year
4.0
3.9
Later than one year and not later than five years
7.9
11.1
Later than five years
–
1.4
11.9
16.4
Amounts recognised in the profit or loss
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Interest on lease liabilities
0.5
0.6
Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets
3.7
3.7
Amounts recognised in consolidated statement of cash flows
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Lease payments
3.9
4.0
Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Opening balance
15.2
16.9
Lease payments
(3.9)
(4.0)
Interest expense
0.5
0.6
Additions/Modifications
0.2
2.7
Disposals
–
(0.3)
Exchange differences
0.1
(0.7)
12.1
15.2
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
128

14 Intangible assets
Goodwill
£m
Brands
£m
Customer 
relationships
£m
Assets under 
development
£m
Software
£m
Other 
intangibles
£m
Totals
£m
Cost
At 31 December 2022
36.4
14.4
7.8
3.3
0.4
–
62.3
Additions
–
–
–
7.0
–
–
7.0
Reclassifications
–
–
–
(1.5)
1.5
–
–
Exchange differences
(0.2)
–
(0.2)
–
–
–
(0.4)
At 31 December 2023
36.2
14.4
7.6
8.8
1.9
–
68.9
Additions
–
–
–
5.8
1.2
3.8
10.8
Reclassifications
–
–
–
(3.8)
3.8
–
–
Exchange differences
–
–
(0.3)
–
–
–
(0.3)
At 31 December 2024
36.2
14.4
7.3
10.8
6.9
3.8
79.4
Amortisation
At 31 December 2022
–
7.0
2.0
–
0.1
–
9.1
Charge for the year
–
0.7
0.8
–
0.2
–
1.7
Exchange differences
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
–
(0.1)
At 31 December 2023
–
7.7
2.7
–
0.3
–
10.7
Charge for the year
–
0.7
0.7
–
0.9
0.8
3.1
Exchange differences
–
–
(0.1)
–
–
–
(0.1)
At 31 December 2024
–
8.4
3.3
–
1.2
0.8
13.7
Net book value
At 31 December 2024
36.2
6.0
4.0
10.8
5.7
3.0
65.7
At 31 December 2023
36.2
6.7
4.9
8.8
1.6
–
58.2
At 31 December 2022
36.4
7.4
5.8
3.3
0.3
–
53.2
Brands represent the fair value at the 12 March 2013 acquisition date of  the ‘Fever-Tree’ brand. The fair value was determined 
by applying the ‘relief  from royalty’ method to the estimated cash flows to be earned from the brand.
The key management assumptions are around growth forecasts (over 20 years and at an ongoing growth rate of  3%), discount 
factors (a discount factor of  20% was used) and royalty percentage utilised. A brand useful life of  20 years is considered 
appropriate and projected cash flows have been discounted over this period.
Customer relationships represent the fair value on acquisition of  the customer base of  Global Drinks Partnership GmbH (GDP) 
on 1 July 2020. They were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method using a 5-year forecast followed by long-term 
growth at 1% reflecting local industry and inflation assumptions. A 10-year useful economic life is considered appropriate 
considering historic customer retention. Management did not identify any indicators of  impairment in relation to individual 
intangible assets.
Assets under development includes an innovative business product, which will be reclassified when brought into use.
Software is predominantly represented by the end-to-end operational processes programme, which embeds technology across 
the Group’s global operations, which improves working efficiencies, data quality, and provides insights to aid in making business 
decisions. The majority of  this was reclassified from assets under development. 
Other intangible assets include water use licenses acquired, as well as access to boreholes with various co-packers.
Goodwill has been recognised from the acquisition of  Fevertree Limited on 12 March 2013, the acquisition of  Global Drinks 
Partnership GmbH (GDP) on 1 July 2020 and the acquisition of  Powell & Mahoney LLC (P&M) on 1 August 2022. The 
Goodwill recognised from all acquisitions represents the difference between the consideration paid and the fair value of  assets 
acquired, and liabilities assumed on each occasion.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
129

14 Intangible assets continued
In line with IAS 36, the cash-generating unit(s) to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment at least annually by 
comparing the carrying amount of  the unit(s), including the goodwill, with the recoverable amount of  the unit(s).
Goodwill has been allocated to the following CGUs:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
CGU
Global CGU1
36.2
36.2
1	 The impairment model for this group of CGUs is based on fair value less costs to sell using the quoted price of the Company’s shares as an estimate of the fair value less costs 
of disposal. This exercise showed significant headroom in the year. There is no reasonably possible change in key assumptions that would cause the recoverable amount of this 
group of CGUs to exceed their carrying amount. 
15 Subsidiaries
The subsidiaries of  the Company, which have been included in the consolidated financial statements, are as follows:
Name
Principal activity
Incorporated
UK 
Incorporated
Company 
number
Registered address
2024
Ownership
%
2023
Ownership
%
Fevertree Limited
Development and sale of premium 
mixer drinks
UK
5291668
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree USA Inc.*
Development and sale of premium 
mixer drinks
USA
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, 
Delaware, 19808 USA
100%
100%
Fevertree USA 
Holding Co. Inc.*
The activities of a holding company
USA
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, 
Delaware, 19808 USA
100%
100%
Fevertree USA 
Production Co. Inc.*
Development and sale of 
premium mixer drinks
USA
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, 
Delaware, 19808 USA
100%
100%
Fevertree UK 
Limited*
Development and sale of premium 
mixer drinks
UK
11129807
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree US 
Limited**
The activities of a holding company
UK
11129532
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree Europe 
Limited*
Development and sale of premium 
mixer drinks
UK
11129528
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree ROW 
Limited**
Development and sale of premium 
mixer drinks
UK
11129523
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road, 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
Fevertree Australia 
Pty Ltd*
Distribution of premium mixers and 
other drinks
Australia
35 Oxford Cl. West Leederville WA 
6007 Australia
100%
100%
Fevertree Germany 
Limited**
Development and sale of premium 
mixer drinks
UK
11914001
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London W6 7NL UK
100%
100%
GDP Global Drinks 
Partnership GmbH*
Distribution of premium mixers and 
other drinks
Germany
Marienstr. 17 80331 München DE
100%
100%
Powell & Mahoney 
Ltd***
Development and sale of premium 
mixer drinks
USA
39 Norman St, Salem, 
Massachusetts, 01970 USA
N/A
100%
*	
Denotes indirectly held subsidiary.
**	
Denotes indirectly held subsidiaries for by virtue of section 479A of the Companies Act 2006, are exempt from the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the 
audit of individual accounts.
*** 	 Denotes indirectly held subsidiary, which was dissolved in October 2024.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
130

16 Inventories
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Raw materials and consumables
10.4
16.1
Finished goods and goods for resale
35.4
51.5
45.8
67.6
The cost of  inventories recognised as an expense and included in the cost of  sales amounted to £176m (2023: £192.2m). 
The amount charged to the consolidated statement of  profit or loss and other comprehensive income in respect of  impairment 
and write-off  of  inventories to net realisable values was £6.2m (2023: £4.4m). Stock impairment occurred due to expired stock, 
wastage and damages in the current and prior year. In 2023, a provision of  £3.6m was recognised relating to a quantity of  stock 
on hand in the US at period end. An insurance receivable was recognised against the insurance claim, which fully offset the  
costs incurred.
17 Trade and other receivables
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Trade receivables
73.7
79.6
Expected credit loss provision
(2.3)
(1.8)
Net trade receivables
71.4
77.8
Other receivables
3.9
5.8
Total financial assets other than cash and cash equivalents held at amortised cost
75.3
83.6
Prepayments
9.3
6.3
Recoverable VAT
1.5
1.6
Total trade and other receivables
86.1
91.5
There is no material difference between the net book amount and the fair value of  current trade and other receivables due to 
their short-term nature. There is a moderate level of  concentration of  credit risk to the Group’s trade receivables as the Group 
has a limited number of  distributors for its export markets.
Within other non-current assets are long-term prepayments of  £3.0m (2023: £4.3m) and a loan of  £1.1m (2023: £nil) made to 
suppliers for long-term contracts for supply chain activities. These are amortised on a systematic basis, consistent with the specific 
supplier contracts. Within other current receivables is a balance of  £3.1m (2023: £5.3m) relating to an insurance receivable.
EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS ASSESSMENT FOR CUSTOMERS AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
The following table provides information about the exposure to credit risk and ECLs (expected credit losses) for trade receivables 
as at 31 December 2024. The simplified approach has been used, as required by IFRS 9.
Weighted average loss 
rate rounded
Gross carrying amount 
£m
Impairment loss 
allowance £m
31 December 2024
Current (not past due)
1%
60.4
0.8
1 – 30 days past due
1%
6.4
0.1
31 – 60 days past due
2%
1.3
–
Over 60 days past due
24%
5.6
1.3
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
131

17 Trade and other receivables continued
EXPECTED CREDIT LOSS ASSESSMENT FOR CUSTOMERS AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024 continued
Weighted average loss 
rate rounded
Gross carrying amount 
£m
Impairment loss 
allowance £m
31 December 2023
Current (not past due)
2%
64.5
1.1
1 – 30 days past due
4%
7.6
0.3
31 – 60 days past due
3%
2.0
0.1
Over 60 days past due
5%
5.5
0.3
Loss rates are based on actual credit loss experience. These rates are multiplied by scalar factors to reflect differences between 
economic conditions during the period over which the historical data has been collected, current conditions, credit insurance and 
the Group’s view of  economic conditions over the expected lives of  the receivables.
Impaired receivables are only written off  following the conclusion of  administration proceedings.
Movements in the allowance for impairment in respect of  trade receivables during the year was as follows:
2024
 £m
2023
 £m
Balance at 1 January
1.8
1.9
Amounts written off
(0.5)
(0.5)
Net remeasurement of loss allowance
1.0
0.4
Balance at 31 December
2.3
1.8
18 Trade and other payables
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Trade payables
28.2
22.3
Other payables
4.6
6.7
Accruals
23.3
26.0
Total financial liabilities, excluding loans and borrowings,  
classified as financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
56.1
55.0
Social security and other taxes
0.9
0.3
Total trade and other payables
57.0
55.3
There is no material difference between the net book amount and fair value of  trade and other payables due to their short-term 
nature.
19 Derivative financial instruments
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Foreign currency exchange contracts: cash flow hedges
(0.1)
0.1
Foreign currency exchange contracts: other
0.3
0.5
Total net derivative financial assets
0.2
0.6
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
132

19 Derivative financial instruments continued 
Total net derivative financial assets comprise of  derivative financial assets £0.4m (2023: £0.6m) and derivative financial 
liabilities £0.2m (2023: nil). The fair value of  a derivative financial instrument is split between current and non-current 
depending on the remaining maturity of  the derivative contract and its contractual cash flows. All contracts mature in less than 
12 months; therefore, the instruments are classified as current.
The fair value of  foreign exchange contracts is based on external valuations.
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of  the derivative instruments in the consolidated 
statement of  financial position.
The decrease in fair value on forward contracts not used for hedging purposes of  £0.4m (2023: increased £2.1m) has been 
included within the total of  commitments to buy/sell foreign currency exchange forward contracts of  £109.2m within note 3, 
with the unrealised profits offsetting the foreign exchange movements in monetary assets.
20 Deferred tax
The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Opening asset
1.7
1.9
Opening liability
(3.0)
(1.6)
(1.3)
0.3
Recognised in comprehensive income
(1.4)
(1.4)
Prior year adjustments
(1.3)
(0.3)
Recognised in equity
(0.2)
0.1
Closing liability
(4.2)
(1.3)
Details of  the deferred tax liability/(asset) are as follows:
Fair valuation of 
intangible assets 
£m
Share based  
payments
 £m
Other 
£m
Total 
£m
At 31 December 2023
(3.5)
1.6
0.6
(1.3)
Comprehensive income debit/(credit)
0.5
(0.3)
(1.6)
(1.4)
Prior year adjustments
0.2
–
(1.5)
(1.3)
Recognised in equity
–
(0.2)
–
(0.2)
At 31 December 2024
(2.8)
1.1
(2.5)
(4.2)
After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities, where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax asset comprises 
deferred tax assets of  £0.3m (2023: £1.7m) and deferred tax liabilities of  £4.7m (2023: £3.0m). Other deferred tax assets and 
liabilities include a deferred tax asset of  £1.1m (2023: £1.3m) related to GDP previous years’ tax losses, a deferred tax asset 
of  £2.0m (2023: £1.5m) on temporary differences related to provisions and accruals, a deferred tax liability of  £5.9m (2023: 
£2.4m) on property, plant and equipment, a deferred tax asset of  £2.0m (2023: £2.8m) on lease liabilities and a deferred tax 
liability of  £1.9m (2023: £2.6m) on right of  use assets.
The March 2021 Budget announced an increase in the UK main rate of  corporation tax from 19% to 25%, from 1 April 2024. 
This rate was substantively enacted in May 2021; accordingly, UK deferred tax balances as at 31 December 2023 and 31 
December 2024 have been recognised at 25% for all temporary differences reversing after 1 April 2024.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
133

21 Share capital
2024
2023
Number
£m
Number
£m
Ordinary shares of £0.0025 each
At beginning of the period
116,686,649
0.3
116,563,677
0.3
Issued during the year
51,285
–
122,972
–
At the end of the period
116,737,934
0.3
116,686,649
0.3
22 Share-based payments
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (‘LTIP’)
All employees and full-time Directors of  the Group are eligible to participate at the discretion of  the Remuneration Committee. 
Share awards may be granted subject to objective performance conditions and vest over a vesting period determined by the 
Remuneration Committee at the time of  the grant.
Awards will normally lapse on cessation of  employment. However, exercise is permitted for a limited period following cessation 
of  employment for specified reasons such as redundancy, retirement or ill-health, and, in other circumstances, at the discretion 
of  the Remuneration Committee. In the event of  an amalgamation, takeover or winding up of  the Company, unvested awards 
may vest over such number of  shares as is specified by the Remuneration Committee. There are also provisions for the exchange 
of  awards in specified circumstances. The awards immediately lapse on the tenth anniversary of  the date of  grant and in the 
event of  the participant’s bankruptcy.
Movements in the number of  share options outstanding, and their related weighted average exercise prices, are as follows:
2024 
Number of shares
Weighted average 
exercise price 
£
LTIP
Outstanding at beginning of the year
1,398,432
0.0025
Exercised
(51,285)
0.0025
Forfeited
(204,630)
0.0025
Granted
609,487
0.0025
Outstanding at end of the year
1,752,004
0.0025
Of which vested and exercisable
120,305
0.0025
2023 
Number of shares
Weighted average 
exercise price £
LTIP
Outstanding at beginning of the year
1,029,186
0.0025
Exercised
(122,398)
0.0025
Forfeited
(253,867)
0.0025
Granted
745,511
0.0025
Outstanding at end of the year
1,398,432
0.0025
Of which vested and exercisable
112,629
0.0025
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
134

22 Share-based payments continued
EMPLOYEE SHARESAVE SCHEME (‘SAYE’)
In June 2019, the Group introduced a savings-related share scheme in which UK employees can save up to £500 from their net 
after tax salary over a period of  three years to purchase options. These options can be exercised at the end of  their three-year 
vesting period. Employees have the option to withdraw their savings at any time and forfeit their right to exercise the options at 
the end of  the vesting period. This is managed in line with local government regulations.
Movements in the number of  share options outstanding, and their related weighted average exercise prices, are as follows:
2024 
Number of shares
Weighted average 
exercise price 
£
SAYE
Outstanding at beginning of the year
 89,273 
7.38
Forfeited
(1,579)
19.44
Granted
 34,234 
6.58
Outstanding at end of the year
121,928
7.00
Of which vested and exercisable
–
–
2023 
Number of shares
Weighted average 
exercise price
 £
SAYE
Outstanding at beginning of the year
116,022
9.18
Forfeited
(38,870)
13.08
Granted
12,121
8.44
Outstanding at end of the year
89,273
7.38
Of which vested and exercisable
–
–
The weighted average grant date fair value of  options granted during the period was determined at £10.06 (2023: £12.56) per 
option. The weighted average price of  options exercised in the year was £10.95 (2023: £13.76).
The outstanding options have a weighted average remaining contractual life of  eight years and exercise prices between £0.0025 
and £8.44.
Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included in the fair value 
calculations. The fair value per option granted in the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:
2024
2023
Risk-free interest rate
3.83% – 4.49%
3.73% – 4.69%
Expected life
5 years
5 years
Expected volatility
23.55% – 25.15%
20.25% – 31.46%
Expected dividend yield
1.58% – 1.97%
1.24% – 1.43%
Share price at grant date
£8.14 –£11.27
£9.91 – £13.70
For option grants the volatility range reflects the historical volatility based on share transactions since listing. The maximum 
vesting period was used as a basis to determine the expected life of  the option. The expected life used in the valuation has 
been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of  non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural 
considerations.
The risk-free rate was based on the Bank of  England spot yields in effect at the time of  grant. The expected dividend yield 
reflects management and market expectations based on budget projections.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
135

23 Reserves
Share premium is the amount subscribed for share capital in excess of  nominal value.
Retained earnings are the cumulative net profits in the profit or loss. Movements on these reserves are set out in the consolidated 
statement of  changes in equity.
Capital redemption reserve was created as a result of  the share buy-back during 2014.
The translation reserve captures exchange differences arising on the translation of  non-GBP functional currency subsidiaries’ 
accounts on consolidation.
The cash flow hedging reserve was created as a result of  the implementation of  hedge accounting. It captures the change in fair 
value for hedge accounted derivatives before the hedged item is reclassified to profit and loss.
24 Dividends
DIVIDENDS PAID
2024
2023
In respect of the prior financial year
Pence per share
10.90
10.68
Total (£m)
12.7
12.4
In respect of the period ended 30 June
Pence per share
5.85
5.74
Total (£m)
6.8
6.7
Total paid in the year (£m)
19.5
19.1
The Directors are proposing a final dividend of  11.12 pence per share, totalling £13.0 million for 2024. This dividend has not 
been accrued in the consolidated statement of  financial position.
25 Events after the reporting period
All below events are non-adjusting events as at 31 December 2024.
On 30 January 2025, Fever-Tree and Molson Coors announced a long-term strategic partnership for the exclusive sales, 
distribution and production of  the Fever-Tree brand in the US through an exclusive license agreement effective from 1 February 
2025. As part of  the strategic partnership, Fever-Tree sold the Fevertree USA Inc. subsidiary to Molson Coors at fair value with 
no gain or loss on disposal. The exact financial impact of  this will be disclosed in line with normal reporting requirements in 
subsequent financial reporting periods. 
Underpinning the partnership, Molson Coors acquired an 8.5% shareholding in Fevertree Drinks plc (post-issue) through the 
issue of  10,856,628 shares priced at 654.2 pence per share based on the 10-day VWAP on the London Stock Exchange for the 
ten trading days prior 29 January.
In addition, Fever-Tree and Molson Coors have entered into a Relationship Agreement, which includes customary lock-up and 
standstill provisions, on market terms, which last for a period of  three years.
Following this announcement, Fever-Tree initiated a share buyback programme in February 2025 of  up to £71 million, which 
we are extending by a further £29 million, subject to shareholder approval at the upcoming AGM, leveraging the Group’s strong 
balance sheet and further improved prospects for cash flow generation resulting from this strategic partnership.
The impact of  both of  these share transactions are expected to somewhat offset the impact on disclosed share capital in the year 
ended 31 December 2025. The total number of  shares in issue is expected to change based on the relative fair value of  shares on 
share issue/purchase transaction dates. 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
136

26 Related party transactions
Compensation of  key management personnel:
2024
£m
2023
£m
Short-term employee benefits
1.4
1.2
Bonus
0.8
0.2
Share based payments
(0.4)
1.4
Employer’s national insurance and pensions
0.2
0.2
2.0
3.0
Key management personnel received dividends of  £1.0m (2023: £0.9m).
The key management personnel are judged to be Directors. For full details of  Directors’ remuneration, see the Remuneration 
Committee Report on pages 82 to 94.
27 Ultimate controlling party
In the opinion of  the Directors, there is no ultimate controlling party.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
137

Note
2024
£m
2023
£m
Fixed assets
Fixed asset investments
4
69.7
66.0
Current assets
Debtors
5
103.8
1.2
Cash and cash equivalents
16.6
14.0
120.4
15.2
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
6
(1.2)
(21.7)
Net current assets
119.2
(6.5)
Total assets less current liabilities
188.9
59.5
Net assets
188.9
59.5
Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
8
0.3
0.3
Share premium
9
54.8
54.8
Capital redemption reserve
9
0.1
0.1
Retained earnings
9
133.7
4.3
Shareholders’ funds
188.9
59.5
As permitted by Section 408 of  the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit or loss account of  the Parent Company has not been 
presented. The Parent Company’s profit for the year was £146.0m (2023: £0.7m).
The financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of  Directors on 24 March 2025 and were signed 
on its behalf  by:
ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER 
Chief Financial Officer
COMPANY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
138

Share capital
£m
Share premium
£m
Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m
Distributable 
retained 
earnings
£m
Non-
distributable 
retained 
earnings
£m
Total
£m
Equity as at 31 December 2022
0.3
54.8
0.1
16.1
4.7
76.0
Profit and total comprehensive 
income for the year
–
–
–
0.7
–
0.7
Dividends paid
–
–
–
(19.1)
–
(19.1)
Share based payments
–
–
–
0.4
1.3
1.7
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
–
0.2
0.2
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2023
0.3
54.8
0.1
(1.9)
6.2
59.5
Profit and total comprehensive 
income for the year
–
–
–
146.0
–
146.0
Dividends paid
–
–
–
(19.6)
–
(19.6)
Share based payments
–
–
–
(1.1)
4.2
3.1
Tax on share based payments
–
–
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
Shares issued
–
–
–
–
–
–
Equity as at 31 December 2024
0.3
54.8
0.1
123.4
10.3
188.9
 
The negative distributable reserve as at 31 December 2023 was mitigated by shareholder resolution on 25 May 2025. Refer to 
note 9 for more detail.
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
139

1 Accounting policies
BASIS OF PREPARATION
Fevertree Drinks Plc (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. It is a 
public company limited by shares, domiciled in England and Wales, in the United Kingdom. The address of  its registered office 
is 186–188 Shepherds Bush Road London W6 7NL. The financial statements of  the Company have been prepared in accordance 
with Financial Reporting Standard 101, Reduced Disclosure Framework (FRS 101), the Companies Act 2006.
The Company’s financial statements are presented in Sterling. Amounts are presented in millions, rounded to the nearest 
£100,000, unless otherwise stated. Percentages presented are rounded to the nearest whole number.
In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken advantage of  all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 101.
Therefore, these financial statements do not include:
•	 certain comparative information as otherwise required by IAS 1;
•	 certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;
•	 a statement of  cash flows;
•	 the effect of  future accounting standards not yet adopted;
•	 the disclosure of  the remuneration of  key management personnel; and
•	 disclosure of  related party transactions with wholly owned fellow group companies.
In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101 further disclosure exemptions have been adopted because equivalent disclosures 
are included in the consolidated financial statements of  Fevertree Drinks Plc.
These financial statements do not include certain disclosures in respect of:
•	 share based payments; and
•	 the disclosure requirements of  IFRS 15
In all respects, the Company applies the same accounting policies as the Group, which, as stated above, are outlined in the notes 
to the consolidated financial statements. In addition, the following accounting policies are also applied, given the Company’s 
function as holding company for the Group.
INVESTMENTS IN SUBSIDIARIES
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provisions for impairment.
CREDITORS
Creditors are presented as amounts falling due within one year unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting 
period. Creditors are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. Creditors are presented as amounts falling due within one year unless payment is not due within 12 months after the 
reporting period.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks.
SHARE CAPITAL
Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the definition of  
a financial liability. The Company’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments.
SHARE BASED PAYMENTS
The Company operates equity-settled share-based option plans. The fair value of  the employee services received in exchange 
for the participation in the plan is recognised as an expense in the profit or loss account, to the extent that the recipients are 
employees of  the Company, and recognised as an investment in subsidiary where the recipients are employees of  a subsidiary. 
The corresponding credit has been recognised in the profit or loss account reserve.
The fair value of  the employee service is based on the fair value of  the equity instrument granted. Where the expense is charged 
to the profit or loss account, it is spread over the vesting period of  the instrument.
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
140

1 Accounting policies continued
TAXATION
Tax on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Income Statement except to the extent it 
relates to items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in line with those items.
Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of  previous years.
DEFERRED TAXATION
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of  an asset or liability in the statement of  financial 
position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:
•	 the initial recognition of  goodwill;
•	 the initial recognition of  an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and at the time of  the 
transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and
•	 investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Company is able to control the timing of  the reversal  
of  the difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Recognition of  deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the difference can be utilised. The amount of  the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities or assets are settled or 
recovered. Deferred tax balances are not discounted.
Deferred tax is recognised as income or an expense and included in profit or loss for the year except in relation to deferred tax 
on share-based payments. If  the amount of  a future tax deduction exceeds the amount of  the cumulative remuneration expense, 
the excess of  the associated deferred tax is recognised directly in equity.
2 Result from operations
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Share-based payments
(0.4)
0.3
Fees for the audit of  this Company were borne by another Group company. The Auditor remuneration for the audit of  this 
Company was £30k (2023: £30k).
3 Staff costs
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Short term employee benefits
1.4
1.2
Accrued bonus
0.8
0.2
Employers national insurance
0.1
0.1
Employers pension
0.1
0.1
2.4
1.6
The average monthly number of  employees (including Directors) during the period was 2 (2023: 2).
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
141

4 Fixed asset investment
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Balance as at 1 January
66.0
64.6
Additions
3.7
1.4
Balance as at 31 December
69.7
66.0
Additions relate to share based payments of  the Company’s shares offered to employees of  subsidiary entities, which are treated 
as a capital contribution by the Company.
Refer to note 15 of  the consolidated financial statements of  the Group for the list of  the Company’s subsidiaries.
5 Debtors
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Other receivables
0.4
0.4
Deferred tax asset
0.2
0.8
Amounts owed by group undertakings
103.2
–
103.8
1.2
6 Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Amounts owed to group undertakings
-
20.4
Accruals
0.4
0.6
Corporation tax liability
0.8
0.7
1.2
21.7
7 Share-based payments
Share based payment arrangements for Directors are set out in the Remuneration Committee Report, see pages 82 to 94.
Details of  the share options in existence are shown in note 22 of  the consolidated financial statements.
8 Share capital
Refer to note 21 of  the consolidated financial statements for information on share capital.
9 Reserves
Refer to note 23 of  the consolidated financial statements for a description of  the reserves.
Non-distributable reserves are treated in line with the requirements of  the Companies Act of  2006. Specific non-distributable 
reserves include items related to non-distributable events related to the share-based payment activities referenced on note 7.
In January 2024, the Directors became aware that the interim dividend paid to shareholders in October 2023 was paid otherwise 
than in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 because interim accounts had not been filed at Companies House prior to 
payment.
A resolution at the AGM on 6 June 2024 authorised the appropriation of  distributable profits to the payment of  the relevant 
dividend and removed any right for the Company to pursue shareholders or Directors for repayment. The overall effect of 
this resolution was to return all parties to the position they would have been in, had the relevant dividend been made in full 
compliance with the Companies Act 2006. The resolution passed with an overwhelming majority, which led to the Company 
recognising this dividend as though it had been appropriately paid in these accounts. 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2024
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
142

10 Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of  the exemption not to disclose related party transactions with wholly owned fellow Group 
companies. Related party transactions with key management personnel (including Directors) are shown in note 26 of  the 
consolidated financial statements.
11 Events after the reporting period
All below events are non-adjusting events as at 31 December 2024.
On 30 January 2025, Fever-Tree and Molson Coors announced a long-term strategic partnership for the exclusive sales, 
distribution and production of  the Fever-Tree brand in the US through an exclusive license agreement effective from 1 February 
2025. As part of  the strategic partnership, Fever-Tree sold the Fevertree USA Inc. subsidiary to Molson Coors at fair value with 
no gain or loss on disposal. The exact financial impact of  this will be disclosed in line with normal reporting requirements in 
subsequent financial reporting periods. 
Underpinning the partnership, Molson Coors acquired an 8.5% shareholding in Fevertree Drinks plc (post-issue) through the 
issue of  10,856,628 shares priced at 654.2 pence per share based on the 10-day VWAP on the London Stock Exchange for the 
ten trading days prior 29 January.
In addition, Fever-Tree and Molson Coors have entered into a Relationship Agreement, which includes customary lock-up and 
standstill provisions, on market terms, which last for a period of  three years.
Following this announcement, Fever-Tree initiated a share buyback programme in February 2025 of  up to £71 million, which 
we are extending by a further £29 million, subject to shareholder approval at the upcoming AGM, leveraging the Group’s strong 
balance sheet and further improved prospects for cash flow generation resulting from this strategic partnership.
The impact of  both of  these share transactions are expected to somewhat offset the impact on disclosed share capital in the year 
ended 31 December 2025. The total number of  shares in issue is expected to change based on the relative fair value of  shares on 
share issue/purchase transaction dates. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
143

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting (the “AGM”) of  Fevertree Drinks plc (the “Company”) will be held at 
the offices of  the Company at 186-188 Shepherds Bush Road, W6 7NL, on 5 June 2025 at 11 a.m.. 
If  you plan to attend the AGM in person, please notify the Company in advance by email to agm@fever-tree.com to assist us in 
planning and implementing arrangements for this year’s meeting. Please include your name as shown on the Company’s Register 
of  Members. 
In the event that any changes to the arrangements for the AGM are required prior to the date of  the meeting, we will announce 
these through a regulatory news service and on the Company’s website. 
Shareholders are invited to submit any questions for the Board by sending an email to agm@fever-tree.com. The AGM will be 
for the following purposes:
ORDINARY BUSINESS
To consider and, if  thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as ordinary resolutions:
1.	
REPORT AND ACCOUNTS
	
To receive the audited annual accounts of  the Company for the year ended 31 December 2024 together with the Directors’ 
reports and the Auditors’ report on those annual accounts.
2.	 DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 
	
To approve the Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 31 December 2024. 
3.	 DECLARATION OF DIVIDEND
	
To declare a final dividend of  11.12p per ordinary share for the year ended 31 December 2024 payable on 20 June 2025 to 
shareholders who are on the register of  members of  the Company on 16 May 2025.
4.	 RE-ELECTION OF DOMENIC DE LORENZO
	
To re-elect Domenic De Lorenzo as a Director. 
5.	 RE-ELECTION OF TIMOTHY WARRILLOW
	
To re-elect Timothy Warrillow as a Director.
6.	 RE-ELECTION OF ANDREW BRANCHFLOWER
	
To re-elect Andrew Branchflower as a Director.
7.	
RE-ELECTION OF KEVIN HAVELOCK
	
To re-elect Kevin Havelock as a Director.
8.	 RE-ELECTION OF LAURA HAGAN
	
To re-elect Laura Hagan as a Director 
9.	 RE-ELECTION OF JEFF POPKIN
	
To re-elect Jeff  Popkin as a Director.
10.	 RE-ELECTION OF CLARE SWINDELL 
	
To re-elect Clare Swindell as a Director
11.	 RE-ELECTION OF DAVID LAPP
	
To re-elect David Lapp as a Director
12.	 RE-APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS
	
To re-appoint BDO LLP as Auditors of  the Company to hold office from the conclusion of  this AGM until the conclusion of 
the next general meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company.
13.	 AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION
	
To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of  the Auditors.
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
144

SPECIAL BUSINESS
To consider and, if  thought fit, pass the following resolutions of  which resolution 14 and 17 will be proposed as ordinary 
resolutions and resolutions 15 and 16 will be proposed as special resolutions.
14.	 DIRECTORS’ AUTHORITY TO ALLOT SHARES
	
That, in substitution for any equivalent authorities and powers granted to the Directors prior to the passing of  this 
resolution, the Directors be and they are generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 551, Companies Act 
2006 (the “Act”) to exercise all powers of  the Company to allot shares in the Company, and grant rights to subscribe for or 
to convert any security into shares of  the Company (such shares, and rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into 
shares of  the Company being “relevant securities”) up to an aggregate nominal amount of  £103,778.91 provided that, unless 
previously revoked, varied or extended, this authority shall expire on the earlier of  the date falling 18 months after the date 
of  the passing of  this resolution and the conclusion of  the next AGM of  the Company, except that the Company may at any 
time before such expiry make an offer or agreement which would or might require relevant securities to be allotted after such 
expiry and the Directors may allot relevant securities in pursuance of  such an offer or agreement as if  this authority had not 
expired. 
15.	 DIRECTORS’ POWER TO ISSUE SHARES FOR CASH FOR PRE-EMPTIVE ISSUES AND GENERAL PURPOSES
	
That, if  resolution 14 is passed, the Directors be authorised to allot equity securities (as defined in the Act) for cash under the 
authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if  section 
561 of  the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be limited to:
	
(i)	 the allotment of  equity securities in connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity securities:
	
	
(a)  in favour of  holders of  ordinary shares in the capital of  the Company, where the equity securities respectively 
attributable to the interests of  all such holders are proportionate (as nearly as practicable) to the respective number of 
ordinary shares in the capital of  the Company held by them; and
	
	
(b)  to holders of  any other equity securities as required by the rights of  those securities or as the Directors otherwise 
consider necessary, but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or 
expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements or legal, regulatory or practical problems arising under 
the laws or requirements of  any overseas territory or by virtue of  shares being represented by depository receipts or 
the requirements of  any regulatory body or stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever; and
	
(ii)	 the allotment, otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above, of  equity securities up to an aggregate nominal value 
equal to £31,133.67; 
	
such authority to expire on the earlier of  the date falling 18 months after the date of  the passing of  this resolution and the 
conclusion of  the next AGM of  the Company but, in each case prior to its expiry the Company may make offers, and enter 
into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the 
authority expires and the Directors may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under any such offer or agreement as 
if  the authority had not expired. 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
145

16.	 AUTHORITY TO PURCHASE SHARES (MARKET PURCHASES)
	
That the Company be and is hereby unconditionally and generally authorised for the purposes of  Section 701 of  the Act to 
make market purchases (within the meaning of  Section 693(4) of  the Act) of  its ordinary shares of  0.25p each (“Ordinary 
Shares”) provided that:
	
(i) 	 the maximum number of  Ordinary Shares authorised to be purchased is12,453,469;
	
(ii)	 the minimum price which may be paid for any such Ordinary Share is 0.25p;
	
(iii)	the maximum price which may be paid for an Ordinary Share shall be the higher of:
	
	
(a)  an amount equal to 105% of  the average middle market quotations for an Ordinary Share as derived from the 
London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the 5 business days immediately preceding the day on which the 
Ordinary Share is contracted to be purchased; and
	
	
(b)  the higher of  the price of  the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the trading venue 
where the purchase is carried out; and
	
(iv)	this authority shall, unless previously renewed, revoked or varied, expire on the earlier of  the date falling 18 months 
after the date of  the passing of  this resolution and the conclusion of  the next AGM, but the Company may enter into 
a contract for the purchase of  Ordinary Shares before the expiry of  this authority which would or might be completed 
(wholly or partly) after its expiry.
17.	 FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC 2025 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
	
That the Fevertree Drinks plc 2025 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2025 LTIP”), as produced to this meeting and signed by 
the chair of  the meeting for the purposes of  identification (the principal features of  which are summarised in the Appendix 
to this notice), be approved and adopted and the directors be authorised to:
	
(i)	 do all other acts and things which they may consider necessary or expedient to carry the same into effect; and
	
(ii)	 adopt equivalent plans for employees of  the Company and its subsidiaries located in overseas jurisdictions subject to such 
modifications to take into account local tax, exchange control or securities laws in such jurisdictions as they consider 
appropriate, provided that the shares made available under such equivalent plans are treated as counting towards the 
limits on participation. 
By order of  the Board 
ALEX O’CONNELL
Company Secretary
Dated: 14 April 2025
Registered Office: 
186-188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London 
W6 7NL	
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING continued
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
146

NOTES:
1.	 Pursuant to Regulation 41 of  the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended), only those members registered 
in the register of  members of  the Company at the close of  business on 3 June 2025 (or if  the AGM is adjourned, 48 hours 
before the time fixed for the adjourned AGM) shall be entitled to attend and vote at the AGM in respect of  the number of 
shares registered in their name at that time. Any changes to the register of  members after such time shall be disregarded in 
determining the rights of  any person to attend or vote at the AGM.
2.	 Each of  the resolutions to be put to the meeting will be voted on by a poll reflecting the number of  voting rights exercisable by 
each member. The results of  the poll will be published on the Company’s website once the votes have been counted and verified.
3.	 In the case of  joint holders of  shares, the vote of  the first named in the register of  members who tenders a vote shall be 
accepted to the exclusion of  the votes of  other joint holders.
4.	 A member that is a company or other organisation not having a physical presence cannot attend in person but can appoint 
someone to represent it. This can be by the appointment of  a proxy (described in Note 6 below). Members considering the 
appointment of  a corporate representative should check their own legal position, the Company’s articles of  association and 
the relevant provision of  the Act.
5.	 Copies of  the draft rules of  the 2025 LTIP and the executive Directors’ service contracts with the Company and any of  its 
subsidiary undertakings are available on request.
6.	 You can vote either:
•	 via web browser at https://uk.investorcentre.mpms.mufg.com/, or via the Investor Centre app, a free app for smartphone 
and tablet provided by MUFG Corporate Markets (the company’s registrar). The app is available to download on both the 
Apple App Store and Google Play;
•	 You may request a hard copy form of  proxy directly from the registrars, MUFG Corporate Markets, at 
shareholderenquiries@cm.mpms.mufg.com or on Tel: 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate 
and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are 
open between 09:00 - 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.
•	 	in the case of  CREST members, by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service in accordance with the 
procedures set out below.
	
In order for a proxy appointment to be valid a form of  proxy must be completed. In each case the form of  proxy must  
be received by MUFG Corporate Markets, PXS1, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL by Tuesday,  
03 June 2025.
7.	 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST proxy appointment service may do so for the 
AGM (and any adjournment thereof) by following the procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST personal members 
or other CREST sponsored members (and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider) should refer 
to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider, who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.
	
In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of  CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a 
“CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & International Limited’s 
(“Euroclear”) specifications and must contain the information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST 
Manual. The message (regardless of  whether it relates to the appointment of  a proxy or to an amendment to the instruction 
given to a previously appointed proxy) must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by MUFG Corporate 
Markets, RA10 by Tuesday, 03 June 2025. For this purpose, the time of  receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined 
by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from which MUFG Corporate Markets is able to 
retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of  instructions 
to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.
	
CREST members (and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers) should note that Euroclear does 
not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will 
therefore apply in relation to the input of  CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of  the CREST member concerned 
to take (or if  the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service 
provider, to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider takes) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that 
a message is transmitted by means of  the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members (and, 
where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers) are referred, in particular, to those sections of  the CREST 
Manual (available at www.euroclear.com) concerning practical limitations of  the CREST system and timings.
	
The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of  the 
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (as amended).
	
Unless otherwise indicated on the Form of  Proxy, CREST voting or any other electronic voting channel instruction, the 
proxy will vote as they think fit or, at their discretion, withhold from voting.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
147

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING - EXPLANATORY NOTES
RESOLUTION 1 – RECEIVING THE ACCOUNT AND REPORTS
The Company must lay its annual accounts before a general meeting of  the Company, together with the Directors’ reports and 
Auditors’ report on the accounts. At the AGM, the Directors will present these documents to the shareholders for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2024.
RESOLUTION 2 – DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
Shareholders have an opportunity to cast an advisory vote to approve the Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 31 
December 2024. The report is set out in full in the Annual Report.
The Remuneration Committee noted in this year’s Remuneration Committee Report that they were undertaking a review of 
the structure of, and performance measures attached to, the executive directors’ LTIP to ensure that they remain appropriate 
to support the execution of  strategy and the long-term creation of  shareholder value. This review has now been concluded and 
the Committee confirm that no changes will be made to the relevant LTIP. The maximum award opportunity will continue to be 
300% of  base salary. For 2025, the LTIP will vest subject to the following performance measures: 
•	 70% on turnover.
•	 20% on adjusted EBITDA.
•	 10% on a scoreboard of  ESG measures linked to Sustainability pillars as set out in the Company’s Sustainability Review, 
which is contained in the Annual Report and Accounts.
The Committee believe that that a performance-based structure remains the right approach to incentivise management to deliver 
value for shareholders over the long-term through a focus on driving profitable growth. However, the Committee intend to keep 
the overall policy under review for future years to ensure it remains appropriate to support the delivery of  the business strategy 
in the context of  evolving macroeconomic and sector dynamics.
RESOLUTION 3 – DECLARATION OF DIVIDEND
This resolution concerns the Company’s final dividend payment. The Directors are recommending a final dividend of  11.12p 
per ordinary share in respect of  the year ended 31 December 2024 which, if  approved, will be payable on 20 June 2025 to the 
shareholders on the register of  members on 16 May 2025. The last day for DRIP elections will be 30 May 2025.
RESOLUTIONS 4-11 – RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
Resolutions 4 – 11 concern the re-election of  the directors of  the Company who, in accordance with best practice in corporate 
governance, are offering themselves for re-election. 
The biographies for each of  the directors is provided in the Annual Report. 
RESOLUTION 12 – RE-APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS
This resolution concerns the re-appointment of  BDO LLP as Auditors until the conclusion of  the next general meeting at which 
accounts are laid, that is, the next AGM.
RESOLUTION 13 – AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION 
This resolution authorises the Directors to fix the Auditors’ remuneration.
RESOLUTION 14 – DIRECTORS’ POWER TO ALLOT SHARES
This resolution grants the Directors authority to allot shares in the capital of  the Company and other relevant securities up to an 
aggregate nominal value of  £103,778.91 representing approximately one third of  the nominal value of  the issued ordinary share 
capital of  the Company as at 11 April 2025 being the latest practicable date before publication of  this notice.
The Directors do not have any present intention of  exercising the authorities conferred by this resolution but they consider it 
desirable that the specified amount of  authorised but unissued share capital is available for issue so that they can more readily 
take advantage of  possible opportunities.
Unless revoked, varied or extended, this authority will expire at the conclusion of  the next AGM of  the Company or the date 
falling 18 months from the passing of  the resolution, whichever is the earlier.
RESOLUTIONS 15 – DIRECTORS’ POWER TO ISSUE SHARES FOR CASH FOR PRE-EMPTIVE ISSUES 
This resolution authorises the Directors in certain circumstances to allot equity securities for cash other than in accordance 
with the statutory pre-emption rights (which require a company to offer all allotments for cash first to existing shareholders in 
proportion to their holdings). 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING continued
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
148

This authority will grant Directors the power to issue shares for cash (i) in connection with a rights issue, open offer or other 
pre-emptive offer and offers to holders of  other equity securities as required by the rights of  those securities or as the Directors 
otherwise consider necessary; or (ii) otherwise than pursuant to (i) above, limited to a maximum nominal amount of  £31,133.67 
representing approximately 10% of  the nominal value of  the issued ordinary share capital of  the Company as at 11 April 2025 
being the latest practicable date before publication of  this notice. 
The Directors do not have any present intention of  exercising the authorities conferred by this resolution, but they consider it 
desirable that Directors’ have the authority to issue shares for cash in the above-mentioned circumstances so that they can more 
readily take advantage of  possible opportunities. Unless revoked, varied or extended, this authority will expire at the conclusion 
of  the next AGM of  the Company or 18 months after the passing of  this resolution, whichever is the earlier.
RESOLUTION 16 – AUTHORITY TO PURCHASE SHARES (MARKET PURCHASE)
This resolution authorises the board to make market purchases of  up to 12,453,469 ordinary shares (representing approximately 
10% of  the Company’s issued ordinary shares as at 11 April 2025 being the latest practicable date before publication of  this 
notice). Shares so purchased may be cancelled or held as treasury shares. The authority will expire at the end of  the next AGM 
of  the Company or 18 months from the passing of  the resolution, whichever is the earlier. The Directors intend to seek renewal 
of  this authority at subsequent AGMs.
The minimum price that can be paid for an ordinary share is 0.25p being the nominal value of  an ordinary share. The maximum 
price that can be paid is the higher of  (i) 5% over the average of  the middle market prices for an ordinary share, derived from 
the Daily Official List of  the London Stock Exchange, for the five business days immediately before the day on which the share 
is contracted to be purchased and (ii) the higher of  the price of  the last independent trade, and the highest current independent 
bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out.
The Company has been exercising its authority to make market purchases of  its own shares pursuant to the authority granted at 
last year’s AGM, being the equivalent of  this year’s resolution 16. Under the share buyback programme announced on 17 February 
2025, the Company intends to purchase ordinary shares in the Company up to a maximum consideration of  £71 million. 
The Company has recently announced an extension to the existing buyback programme, extending the overall maximum 
consideration by £29 million to £100 million. The extension is covered in part by the existing authority granted at last 
year’s AGM. The remainder of  the extension shall only be utilised subject to this resolution being successfully approved by 
shareholders at the AGM. Any further market purchases shall occur only when, in light of  the market conditions prevailing at 
the time and taking into account all relevant factors (for example, the effect on earnings per share), the Directors believe that 
such purchases are in the best interests of  the Company and shareholders generally. The overall position of  the Company will be 
taken into account before deciding upon this course of  action. The decision as to whether any such shares bought back will be 
cancelled or held in treasury will be made by the Directors on the same basis at the time of  the purchase.
RESOLUTION 17 – FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 
The existing Fevertree Drinks plc Long Term Incentive Plan (“Existing LTIP”) will terminate on 21 April 2026. It will not be 
possible to grant further awards under the Existing LTIP after 21 April 2026. This resolution therefore approves and adopts the 
new Fevertree Drinks plc 2025 Long Term Incentive Plan (“2025 LTIP”). The principal features of  the 2025 LTIP are broadly 
the same as the Existing LTIP and are summarised in the Appendix to this notice. 
The 2025 LTIP will ensure the Company’s executive incentives are aligned with the Company’s business strategy and 
shareholders’ interests, while at the same time incentivising long-term sustainable profit growth and the creation of  long-term 
value. The Remuneration Committee of  the Board (the “Committee”) considers the 2025 LTIP to be an important means of 
motivating the executive Directors and senior management and aligning the interests of  the executive Directors and senior 
management with those of  the Company’s shareholders. The Committee proposes the introduction of  the 2025 LTIP as an 
additional incentive to compliment the Company’s existing share option scheme.
 
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
149

SUMMARY OF THE PRINCIPAL TERMS OF FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC 2025 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN  
(THE “2025 LTIP”)
1.	
ELIGIBILITY
All employees and executive directors of  the Group are eligible to participate in the LTIP.
2.	 AWARDS UNDER THE 2025 LTIP
Awards may be granted under the 2025 LTIP as conditional rights to acquire shares, options or rights to receive cash. 
3.	 GRANT OF AWARD
Awards may be granted to employees who are not executive directors by the Committee at any time. The Committee may grant 
executive directors awards during the period of  42 days from the date of  adoption of  the 2025 LTIP, and thereafter in a period of 
42 days starting on the date of  the publication of  the Company’s annual report or half  yearly report. If  the Committee deems that 
exceptional circumstances exist to justify it, awards may be granted to executive directors at other times. 
The Committee may specify objective conditions or performance targets to be satisfied prior to the vesting of  awards. If  it does 
so, the performance period applicable to executive directors shall be not less than three years, unless the Committee determines 
at the grant date that exceptional circumstances exist, warranting a shorter period. The Committee may grant awards with 
a performance period of  any period to employees who are not executive directors. The Committee may amend or waive the 
conditions to ensure that they achieve their purpose, provided that the amended conditions are not more difficult to achieve than 
those previously imposed. 
4.	 SHARE CAPITAL LIMIT
No award which is to be satisfied on exercise by the issue of  new shares (or re-issue of  treasury shares) may be granted on any 
date if  the number of  shares to which it relates when aggregated with the number of  shares issued (or re-issued as treasury 
shares), or remaining capable of  issue (or re-issue) by virtue of  awards or other rights granted or made in the preceding 10 years 
under the LTIP and any other employees’ share scheme operated by the Company would exceed 10% of  the issued share capital 
of  the Company at that time.
5.	 INDIVIDUAL LIMIT
No award may be granted to an employee or executive director under the 2025 LTIP if  at the date of  grant it would cause the 
market value of  shares (as at the date of  grant) which that employee or director may acquire pursuant to the 2025 LTIP in any 
financial year to exceed 450% of  his or her annual basic salary. The market value shall be the closing middle market quotation 
of  an ordinary share derived from the Official List on the dealing day before the grant date. Alternatively, the market value may 
be any other value that the Committee so determines.
6.	 VESTING OF AWARDS
Awards vest over a vesting period determined by the Committee at the time of  grant. At the end of  the vesting period, following the 
Committee’s determination of  any performance conditions, awards shall vest. On vesting of  a conditional award the Committee shall 
issue or transfer the relevant shares (or cash if  applicable) to the participant as soon as practical. Options shall become exercisable on 
vesting and for the remainder of  the period of  10 years from the date of  grant (subject to any earlier lapse provisions). 
7.	
LEAVERS
In the event of  a participant’s death or permanent incapacity, awards shall vest as soon as practical over such number of  shares 
as the Committee determines. Awards will be pro-rated to reflect the proportion of  the vesting period that has elapsed up to the 
date of  cessation and will be tested for performance (where relevant). Where a participant ceases employment with the Group as 
a result of  ill-health, redundancy, retirement, injury, the employing subsidiary being transferred out of  the Group, or any other 
reason that the Committee may determine the Awards shall vest at the end of  the original performance period subject to the 
achievement of  performance conditions applicable and will normally be pro-rated for the proportion of  the vesting period which 
has elapsed to the date of  cessation of  employment. The Committee shall have the discretion to adjust the proportion and timing 
of  awards to vest on a case by case basis. Vested awards in the form of  nil-cost options will remain capable of  exercise during the 
period of  six months from the date of  vesting or within twelve months of  the date of  death.
Where participants give or receive notice to terminate any office or employment in circumstances other than those mentioned 
above all awards shall lapse at the date such notice of  termination is given or received (whether or not vested).
8.	 CHANGES OF CONTROL
In the event of  a takeover, amalgamation or winding up of  the Company, unvested awards may vest over such number of  shares 
as is specified by the Committee. This will be calculated on the basis of  the proportion of  the vesting period which has elapsed 
up to the date of  the change of  control and the extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied, or on such other 
terms as the Committee acting fairly and reasonably may determine in its absolute discretion. In some circumstances awards may 
be exchanged for equivalent awards over shares in the acquiring company. 
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING continued
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
150

9.	 MALUS 
If  the Committee acting fairly and reasonably determine that prior to the vesting of  any Award a material misstatement of  the 
results of  the Company or Group, or an error in assessing the achievement of  any performance conditions, has arisen within the 
previous period of  not more than five years from the grant date of  an award, they may require that some or all unvested Awards 
shall lapse.
10.	 CLAWBACK
A participant will be required to pay back to the Company in cash the value of  an Award if  the Committee determines, within 
a period of  five years from the grant date of  an award, that as a result of  a material misstatement of  the results of  the Company 
or Group, or an error in assessing the achievement of  any performance conditions, the relevant Award should not have vested.
11.	 DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT PAYMENTS
The Committee has a discretion prior to vesting of  an award to make a payment in cash or shares equal in value to the dividends 
that would have been paid on the vested shares in respect of  dividend record dates occurring during the vesting period, subject 
to deduction of  applicable taxes.
12.	 LAPSE OF AWARDS
Unexercised Options will lapse on the earliest to occur of  the tenth anniversary of  the date of  grant, the winding up of  the 
Company, bankruptcy of  the participant, or at the end of  any period specified on cessation of  employment or following a change 
of  control.
13.	 VARIATIONS IN SHARE CAPITAL
The number of  shares comprised in an award may be adjusted in such manner as the Committee considers fair and reasonable 
in the event of  a capitalisation issue, offer by way of  rights (including an open offer) or on any sub-division, reduction, 
consolidation or other variation of  the Company’s share capital. 
14.	 RIGHTS ATTACHING TO SHARES
If  shares are to be allotted and issued to a participant following vesting or exercise of  an award, the Company shall apply for 
such shares to be admitted to the Official List of  the UK Listing Authority and/or to trading on the London Stock Exchange 
as applicable. Such shares will rank pari passu with all other issued shares of  the Company except for any rights determined by 
reference to a date preceding the date on which the award vests, or the date on which an option is exercised.
15.	 AMENDMENTS
The 2025 LTIP may be amended at any time by the Committee, provided that no amendments may be made, to the benefit of 
participants, to the provisions relating to the eligibility of  participants, the share capital, cash or other benefits subject to the 
2025 LTIP and individual participation limits, the basis for determining a participant’s entitlement to shares and any adjustment 
thereof  in event of  a variation in the Company’s share capital without prior approval of  the Company in general meeting (except 
in relation to minor amendments to benefit the administration of  the 2025 LTIP, to take account of  a change in legislation or to 
obtain or maintain favourable taxation, exchange control or regulatory treatment).
No amendment may be made which would adversely affect the subsisting rights of  a participant unless a majority of  participants 
consent to the making of  that amendment.
16.	 GENERAL
The Company may terminate the 2025 LTIP at any time. Subject to such termination, no Awards can be granted after the tenth 
anniversary of  the date that the 2025 LTIP is adopted by shareholders. 
Participants under the 2025 LTIP are required to indemnify the Group for any income tax, employee’s and, to the extent notified 
by the Committee to the participant at the date of  notification of  the award, any employer’s national insurance contributions 
which arise in respect of  awards, and to make such arrangements for satisfaction of  those liabilities as the Committee agrees.
Benefits received under the 2025 LTIP shall not be pensionable.
At the discretion of  the Committee, the 2025 LTIP may be extended to overseas employees of  the Group subject to such 
modifications as the directors shall consider appropriate to take into account local tax, exchange control or securities laws.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
151

REGISTERED AND HEAD OFFICE
186-188 Shepherds Bush Road,  
London, W6 7NL
COMPANY WEBSITE
www.fever-tree.com
COMPANY SECRETARY
Alex O’Connell
ADVISERS
NOMINATED ADVISER AND BROKER
Investec Bank plc,  
30 Gresham Street,  
London EC2V 7QP
CORPORATE BROKER
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc,  
25 Cabot Square, Canary Wharf,  
London E14 4QA	
CORPORATE BROKER
Jefferies International,  
100 Bishopsgate,  
London EC2N 4JL	
LEGAL ADVISERS
Osborne Clarke,  
One London Wall,  
London EC2Y 5EB
AUDITORS
BDO LLP,  
55 Baker Street  
London W1U 7EU
REGISTRARS
Link Group,  
10th Floor, Central Square,  
29 Wellington Street,  
Leeds LS1 4DL
COMPANY INFORMATION
FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC  |  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
152

CBP030225
Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certified: CarbonQuota) under the PAS2060 standard. 
This product is made using recycled materials limiting the impact on our precious forest resources,  
helping reduce the need to harvest more trees. 
This publication was printed by an FSC™ certified printer that holds an ISO 14001 certification. 
100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS legislation and meets the 
chemical requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel (Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press 
chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this production  
will be recycled and the remaining 1% used to generate energy. 
The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, who offset 
carbon emissions through the purchase and preservation of high conservation value land. Through 
protecting standing forests under threat of clearance, carbon is locked-in that would otherwise be released.
Overview
Governance
Strategic Report
Financial Statements
153

FEVERTREE DRINKS PLC
Registered and Head Office 
186–188 Shepherds Bush Road 
London, W6 7NL
www.fever-tree.com